The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutVolume 2 of 2 Specs - 04610078 Final CDs.pdf ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS 00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING BIDDING) 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS FORM 00 45 19 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00 50 00 CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 52 13 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR WHERE THE BASIS FOR PAYMENT IS A STIPULATED SUM (AIA DOCUMENT A101-2007) 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM (AIA DOCUMENT A312-1984) 00 62 11 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM (SAMPLE) 00 62 76 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G702-1992) 00 62 76.13 CONTINUATION SHEET (AIA DOCUMENT G703-1992) 00 62 76.16 CONSENT OF SURETY TO REDUCTION IN OR PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE (AIA DOCUMENT G707A-1994) 00 63 13 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM (RFI) 00 63 53 WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G709-2001) 00 63 63 CHANGE ORDER FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G701-2001) 00 65 16 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FORM (AIA DOCUMENT G704-2000) 00 65 19.13 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS (AIA DOCUMENT G706-1994) 00 65 19.16 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS (AIA DOCUMENT G706A-1994) 00 65 19.19 CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT (AIA DOCUMENT G707-1994) 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (AIA DOCUMENT A201-2007) 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 73 36 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 00 73 73.23 MEDICARE AND MEDICAID ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS ----------ST. VINCENT HOSPITAL AND HEALTH SERVICES CONTRACTOR/VENDOR ORIENTATION AND REFERENCE MANUAL DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 33 00.13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (WITHOUT DOCUNET) 01 35 33 INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 01 00 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 45 50 PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 06 -WOOD , PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 05 73 WOOD TREATMENT 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 40 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 61 16 SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 07 24 13 POLYMER-BASED EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07 81 16 CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 07 95 13 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 08 12 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 31 00 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 33 00 COILING DOORS AND GRILLES 08 35 13.23 FOLDING FIRE DOORS 08 41 13 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 41 26 ALL-GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 42 29.23 SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 81 00 GLASS GLAZING DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 05 60 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREPARATION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 30 00 TILING 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 68 00 CARPETING 09 72 00 WALL COVERINGS ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 09 91 00 PAINTING DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 28 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 11 52 13 PROJECTION SCREENS DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 13 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION 23 09 01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 21 13 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 36 00 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 82 33 CONVECTORS 23 82 39 UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 13 FUSES 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 29 13 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 41 33 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 51 16 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 60 00 SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 20 00 EARTHWORK 31 25 00 EROSION CONTROL 31 31 16 TERMITE CONTROL DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 13 00 SITE CONCRETE 32 13 10 SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32 13 20 SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 92 19 SEEDING ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -1 SECTION 23 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. HVAC demolition. 7. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 8. Painting and finishing. 9. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above solid ceilings and within chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -2 F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Dielectric fittings. 2. Mechanical sleeve seals. 3. Escutcheons. 4. Supports and anchorages. B. Operations Manual: Include the following: 1. Final processed submittals of all Division 23 specification sections. 2. Subcontractor contact list including name, phone number and e-mail contact information. 3. Valve tag charts. 4. Field reports, including ductwork leakage testing and piping pressure testing. 5. Startup reports for all mechanical equipment. 6. Certifications of piping systems, equipment or systems if specified in the individual specification section. 7. Testing, adjusting and balancing reports. 8. ASME Stamp Certification and Reports: “A”, “S”, or “PP” stamp certificates of authorization. 9. Operations and maintenance information for all equipment. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -3 C. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. D. Roofing Standards: Comply with the following: 1. SMACNA’s “Architectural Sheet Metal Manual” details for fabrication including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. 2. NRCA’s “Roofing and Waterproof Manual” details for installing units. 3. Existing roofs: Maintain existing roof warranty. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture into the pipe. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. C. Deliver, store and install materials and equipment (including supports and hangers) such that they are maintaining “as-new” condition (e.g. no rust) upon installation and up through the date of Substantial Completion. Account for environmental conditions of the construction site and schedule work accordingly. D. Do not allow any materials nor equipment to be stored in standing water from a rainstorm. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8. D. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied or partially occupied by the Owner or others unless specifically allowed under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated. 1. Notify Owner at least seven days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Identify extent and duration of utility interruptions. 2. Indicate method of proposed utility interruptions in detail. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -4 3. Do not proceed with proposed utility interruptions without Owner’s permission. 4. All new air handling units, exhaust fans, pumps, chillers, boilers, heat exchangers, fan coil units, and unit heaters are to remain disabled and off unless TAB personnel are onsite actively testing the piece of equipment. Utilization of the permanent installed HVAC systems to condition or pressurize the construction area is not allowed without prior written authorization from the Owner and written agreement to compensate the Owner for utility usage. E. Coordinate new installations with the existing installations which will remain in place and be reutilized or those that are abandoned in place. Provide transitions and fittings in ductwork and piping as well as extra lengths of ductwork and piping as required to route around these existing installations. Illustrate all such ductwork fittings on the sheetmetal duct shop drawing submittal. Existing installations include plumbing, piping, electrical and other building systems components including, but not limited to, roof drain piping, sanitary piping, plumbing piping, fire protection piping, fire protection heads, heating and cooling water piping, condensate drains, steam and condensate return piping, conduit, cable tray, electrical pull boxes, projectors, booms, etc. F. Coordinate installation of above ceiling components and devices such that maintenance access is achieved at the completion of the project when all ceiling mounted components are installed. Coordinate with all trades. Ultimate responsibility for any rework required to achieve maintenance access is the respPROVonsibility of the Contractor responsible for coordination as noted in Division 1 Sections. The required maintenance access is defined here for this contract: 1. A person with a 24” arm length can stand on a folding ladder which rests on the finished floor and which does does not extend through the ceiling grid. All lights and diffusers remain in the grid when defining maintenance access. Ceiling tiles with sprinkler heads, smoke detectors, fire alarm devices and other system devices remain in the grid when defining maintenance access. Light fixtures and diffusers/grilles remain in the ceiling grid when defining maintenance access. 2. While standing on a step of this ladder which is rated for standing upon and while not leaning against the ceiling grid, this person can touch the following items with both hands at the same time: a. Terminal unit/terminal box damper actuators. b. Terminal unit/terminal box reheat valve actuators. c. Terminal unit/terminal box airflow controller. d. Terminal unit/terminal box transformers, EP switches, temperature sensor, and all other control components. e. Terminal box discharge low pressure volume dampers on diffuser runouts. f. Terminal unit/terminal box piped accessories – strainer, PT ports, air vents, drains, shutoff valves, unions and calibrated balance valves. g. Piped hydronic system shutoff valves, calibrated balance valves, control valves, vents, and drains. h. Steam system traps, control valves, humidifier components and humidifier control components. i. Fire damper and fire/smoke damper duct access doors. j. Fire damper and fire/smoke damper fusible links. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -5 G. Locate buried utility and distribution services within the project area. H. Provide temporary connections to maintain existing systems in service during the construction. This may include ductwork, piping, power, controls, water, as well as other connections as required. I. Provide the Owner a schedule prior to the start of demolition with phased selected demolition identified by system and by floor. Identify required outages on the schedule and any temporary measures required to maintain existing systems in service. J. Coordinate the HVAC demolition with all aspects of demolition and temporary construction (including dust barriers) by other trades. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. B. Provide all materials necessary for demolition work to occur, including cutting, capping, removing walls for access, and repairing finishes. 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. C. Hex bushings, face bushings, and plugs are not acceptable in any Division 23 piping system. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. Steam service: ASME B16.20, spiral wound gasket with stainless steel metal winding strip, flat, asbestos-free graphite filler, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -6 thickness or specific material is indicated. Suitable for pressure class of service and a minimum operating temperature of 600 deg F. Similar to Flexitallic Style CG. 2. All other services: Thermoseal C-4401, 1/16” thick. 3. Do not apply compounds, adhesives, or anti-stick lubricants to gasket surface. C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solderjoint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. Minimum 400 volts dielectric resistance, insulated against galvanic corrosion, threaded ends, O-ring. 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Eclipse, Inc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Hart Industries, International, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -7 g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150-or 300-psig (1035-or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Drake Specialties. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, fullface-or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150-or 300-psig (1035-or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corp., Clearflow Dielectric Fittings. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -8 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40 up to 10” NPS, standard weight for 12” NPS and larger, galvanized, plain ends, fabricated with 2” integral seal welded waterstop. Touch up cut ends of galvanized pipe sleeves with zinc-rich coating prior to installation. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. E. Stainless Steel Sheet: Fabricated 304L stainless steel, 0.078” minimum thickness, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, fabricated with 2” integral seal welded waterstop. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -9 2.7 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated. C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated. D. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw or spring clips and chrome-plated finish. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HVAC DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 2 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. No equipment or components shall be abandoned in place unless specifically noted on the drawings. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and cap remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. Seal remaining ductwork to seal Class C. Duct tape is not permitted. 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and remove services and remove equipment. Cap piping and ductwork as required. 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, store equipment and protect in a safe location during construction to prevent damage; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment Piping and Ductwork to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. Owner shall be given first right of refusal to all items removed from the Owner’s facility or property. Deliver salvaged items to Owner at location requested by Owner. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -10 8. When removing piping and ductwork components, all accessories, hangers, insulation and hanger rods shall be removed also. 9. Provide temporary hangers for any pipe or duct to remain which has had hangers removed such that hanger spacing does not exceed 10’-0”. 10. Provide temporary hangers for any pipe or duct which was supported by a wall which was removed. 11. Locate and identify mechanical systems passing through the affected demolition area which serves other areas outside the demolition limits. Provide information to the Engineer directly of any questionable items. 12. Systems serving areas outside the work limits shall remain uninterrupted unless specifically authorized in writing by the Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable due to demolition work, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. D. All caps installed shall be installed and located such that the pipe or duct may be reconnected to and extended without relocation of other components while utilizing standard fittings. Coordinate with all trades such that any existing, temporary or new installations by other trades does not block access to caps. E. Confirm with the Owner, which if any, supply, return or exhaust air openings associated with systems which serve the project area may remain in use during construction. Cover all supply, return and exhaust air openings with synthetic air filter media, 1-inch thick, with non-oily tackified surface, with a dust holding capacity of at least 250 grams per square yard, an average dust spot arrestance of at least 85 percent, and a MERV rating of at least 6. Allow in the bid to replace the air filter media at least once per month and more often as required for proper operation of the fan systems. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -11 E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Utilize tee fittings for branch connections that have all three connection sizes of NPS 1-1/2” and larger. It is acceptable to utilize threadolet fittings with dielectric nipples on carbon steel piping of NPS 2-1/2” and larger when the branch connection size is NPS 1” or less and a bronze body ball valve is installed on the other end of the dielectric nipple. J. Install piping and ductwork to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, barriers, ceilings, and floors in exposed areas. In Dietary, Kitchen, Cafeteria, Sterile Processing, Sterilizer, Sub-Sterile, Animal Holding, Operating Rooms, Procedure Rooms and other sterile areas do not install escutcheons, but seal pipe penetrations airtight with clear food grade silicone. M. New concrete floors, walls, and roof penetrations are required to have sleeves cast-in-place (no core drilling is allowed unless specifically noted on the drawings). 1. Core drilling in buildings that are occupied up to two floors above the construction area or two floors below the construction area or are occupied on the same floor within 100 linear feet shall be accomplished with wet core drilling machines with slurry extraction to reduce noise. N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend top of sleeves installed in all floors (including mechanical equipment areas) and penthouses 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Waterstop shall be entirely contained within concrete with approximately 1-1/2-inch of concrete cover. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -12 a. Steel pipe sleeves, cast iron pipe sleeves or stainless steel sheet sleeves for all pipes penetrating other than gypsum board partitions or walls. b. Galvanized Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions or walls. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. O. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, barriers, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for materials. P. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Q. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. R. Install piping, hangers and equipment so that they do not interfere with fully opening the access panels on any part of the structure, any contractor installed access panels, nor access panels on any equipment (either contract provided or Owner provided or Owner installed equipment). S. Install piping, hangers and equipment so that they do not interfere with personnel movement. Components shall be a minimum of 7’-6” above finished floor unless specifically noted to be installed lower. Provide personnel protection on components located less than 6’-6” above finished floor (elastomeric insulation, caution markings). 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -13 F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 4. PVC Non-pressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K. Plastic Non-pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -14 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and dielectric nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. Do not utilize dielectric unions with O-rings on wet piping systems. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. Provide a minimum of 7’-2” headroom under all exposed equipment. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. E. Comply with the equipment manufacturer’s written installation instructions. 3.6 PAINTING A. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9 Sections. B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -15 3.8 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.9 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 2 for general cutting and patching requirements and procedures. B. Cut, channel and drill floors, walls, partitions, shafts, ceiling sand other surfaces required to permit electrical installations and demolition. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. C. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. 3.10 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Apply firestopping to structure where demolition exposes the structure. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section “Firestopping”. 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots and construction debris. This requirement applies for components including piping and ductwork which are located above lay-in and hard ceilings, especially their upper surfaces prone to collect dust and debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Repair all coatings, finishes and cabinets to “as-new” conditions prior to Substantial Completion. C. Remove all un-utilized construction materials from the project area. D. Trim rod hangers to a maximum exposed threaded length of 1” below the bottom nut. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 -16 E. Protect all Owner provided spare parts. Obtain written receipt of Owner acceptance of spare parts denoting the quantities and storage location. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -1 SECTION 23 05 13 – COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes basic requirements for factory-installed motors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Factory-Installed Motor: A motor installed by motorized-equipment manufacturer as a component of equipment. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for Installed Motors: For each type and size of motor, provide: 1. Nameplate data and ratings (hp; full load amps; rpm; voltage; power factor; temperature rise class; insulation class; service factor; enclosure type, frame material of construction). 2. Shipping weights. 3. Four pole, nominal 1,800 rpm, full load, nominal efficiency. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -2 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices. Provide motors that are: 1. Compatible with the following: a. Magnetic controllers. b. Multi-speed controllers. c. Reduced-voltage controllers. d. Variable frequency controllers: 1) Cable distance. 2) Operation of the variable frequency controller at up to 90 Hz. 2. Matched to torque, speed and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Matched to ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Matched to ambient and environmental conditions at installation location. B. Motors shall not operate in service factor range. C. Coordinate motor support with requirements for driven load; access for maintenance and motor replacement; installation of accessories, belts, belt guards; and adjustment of sliding rails for belt tensioning. D. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Motor requirements apply to all motors except when starter requirements, performance or characteristics for a motor are specified in another section or on the drawings. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Motors 1 HP and Larger: Three phase. B. Motors Smaller Than 1 HP: Single phase. C. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz. D. Voltage Rating: Matched to voltage of supply circuit. E. Service Factor: 1.35 for 1/3 HP and below; 1.25 above 1/3 HP to 3/4 HP; 1.15 above 3/4 HP. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -3 F. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F (40 deg C) and at altitude of 3300 feet (1005 m) above sea level. G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: NEMA Standards MG1; Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. H. Enclosure: Open drip-proof unless noted otherwise in specific equipment specification or on the drawings. Motor enclosures in hazardous areas shall be of the proper UL Class and group for the atmosphere in which they are located. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. B. Nominal Efficiency: Four-pole, full load, minimum nominal efficiency and minimum power factor at nominal 1,800 rpm and nominal 460 460 VAC: HP MINIMUM EFFICIENCY PERCENT MINIMUM POWER FACTOR 1 85.5 75 1.5 86.5 75 2 86.5 75 3 87.5 75 5 89.5 75 7.5 91.0 75 10 91.7 80 15 93.0 80 20 93.0 80 25 93.6 85 30 94.1 85 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -4 40 94.1 85 50 94.5 85 60 95.0 85 75 95.0 85 100 95.4 85 125 95.4 85 150 95.8 85 200 95.8 85 C. Service Factor: Minimum 1.15. D. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Multi-speed motors shall have separate winding for each speed. E. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated. F. Bearings: Double-shielded, prelubricated ball bearings less than 40 HP, regreasable 40 HP and larger, suitable for radial and thrust loading. G. Temperature Rise: Class B at 1.0 service factor, unless noted otherwise. H. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated. I. Code Letter Designation: NEMA code letters for AC motors normally started on full voltage. NEMA starting code for Code G for motors 15 Hp and larger. J. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motors 10 HP and larger; rolled steel for motors smaller than 10 HP. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Motors Used with Reduced-Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals and/or leads in motor terminal box, suited to control method. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -5 B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. Designed and labeled for inverter duty per NEMA MG-1, Part 31 in its entirety and suitable for use throughout 20% to 150% motor base speed range in a variable torque application without overheating. 1. Designed with critical vibration frequencies outside operating range of controller output. 2. Temperature Rise: Class F. 3. Insulation: Class H IEEE Standard 117. Designed to resist transient spikes, high frequencies and short time pulses. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. 5. Provide a factory installed, maintenance free, circumferential shaft grounding ring to discharge shaft currents to ground. Grounding ring shall be installed at the motor manufacturer’s factory on the drive end of the motor. C. Severe-Duty Motors: Totally enclosed, with 1.15 minimum service factor, greased bearings, integral condensate drains, and capped relief vents. Windings insulated with non-hygroscopic material. Comply with IEEE 841. 1. Finish: Chemical-resistant paint over corrosion-resistant primer. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Type: One of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Permanent-split capacitor. 2. Split-phase start, capacitor run. 3. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Shaded-Pole or Permanent Split Capacitor Motors: For motors 1/20 hp and smaller only. C. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. D. Bearings: Ball type for belt-connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft; sealed, prelubricated-sleeve type for other single-phase motors. E. Source Quality Control: Perform the following tests on each motor according to NEMA Standards MG 1: 1. Measure winding resistance. 2. Read no-load current and speed at rated voltage and frequency. 3. Measure locked rotor current at rated frequency. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive motors for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of conduit systems to verify actual locations of conduit connections before motor installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 MOTOR INSTALLATION A. Anchor each motor assembly to base, adjustable rails, or other support, arranged and sized according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach by bolting. Level and align with load transfer link. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 23 Section "HVAC Vibration and Seismic Controls." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Run each motor with its controller. Demonstrate correct rotation, alignment, and speed at motor design load. 2. Test interlocks and control features for proper operation. 3. Verify that current in each phase is within nameplate rating. B. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.15.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform the following: 1. Inspect field-assembled components, equipment installation, and piping and electrical connections for compliance with requirements. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13 -7 3. Verify bearing lubrication. 4. Verify proper motor rotation. 5. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: a. Test procedures used. b. Test results that comply with requirements. c. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Align motors, bases, shafts, pulleys and belts. Tension belts according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing equipment installation, inspect unit components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. B. Clean motors and nameplates, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 23 05 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -1 SECTION 23 05 19 -METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Liquid-in-glass thermometers. 2. Thermowells. 3. Test plugs. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Facility Natural-Gas Piping" for gas meters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product indicated. Include scale range, ratings, and accuracies. B. Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage, from manufacturer. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ashcroft. b. Flo Fab Inc. c. Miljoco Corporation. d. Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group. e. Tel-Tru Manufacturing Company. f. Trerice, H. O. Co. g. Weiss Instruments, Inc. h. Winters Instruments -U.S. 2. Standard: ASME B40.200. 3. Case: Cast aluminum; 9-inch (229-mm) nominal size unless otherwise indicated. 4. Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated. 5. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or green organic liquid. Do not provide mercury. 6. Tube Background: Non-reflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in deg F (deg C). 7. Window: Plastic. 8. Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation. a. Design for Air-Duct Installation: With ventilated shroud. b. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 9. Connector: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 10. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range. 2.2 DUCT-THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to hold thermometer stem. Include insulation extension. 2.3 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -3 2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI, copper nickel. 4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES, stainless steel. 5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, (DN 15, DN 20, or NPS 25,) ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 10. Lagging Extension: Include on all thermowells. Provide appropriate extension length for insulated piping and tubing. B. Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin. 2.4 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flow Design, Inc. 2. Miljoco Corporation. 3. National Meter, Inc. 4. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 5. Sisco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Trerice, H. O. Co. 7. Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 8. Weiss Instruments, Inc. B. Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. C. Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping. D. Thread Size: NPS 1/4 (DN 8), ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. E. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F (3450 kPa at 93 deg C). F. Core Inserts: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic and EPDM self-sealing rubber. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -4 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) into fluid or onethird pipe diameter (whichever is larger) and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Do not install bushings. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium. E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install duct-thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws. G. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. H. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). I. Install valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. J. Install test plugs in piping tees. K. Install flow indicators in piping systems in accessible positions for easy viewing. L. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. M. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. N. Install connection fittings in accessible locations for attachment to portable indicators. O. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic boiler. 2. Two inlets and two outlets of each chiller. 3. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air-handling units. 4. Two inlets and two outlets of each hydronic heat exchanger. 5. Inlet and outlet of each thermal-storage tank. 6. Outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed-air ducts at each air handling unit and where indicated on the drawings. 7. Inlets and outlets of heating water, perimeter heating water and chilled water system three-way control valves. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 19 -5 P. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Discharge of each pressure-reducing valve. 2. Inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water and condenser-water connection. 3. Suction and discharge of each pump. 4. At the inlet to humidifier steam control valves. 5. Where indicated on the drawings. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. B. Connect flowmeter-system elements to meters. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.4 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: 30 to 240 deg F (0 to 115 deg C). B. Scale Range for Air Ducts: Minus 40 to plus 110 deg F. END OF SECTION 23 05 19 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -1 SECTION 23 05 23 – GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Ball valves. 2. Butterfly valves. 3. Check valves. 4. Gate valves. 5. Globe valves. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and charts. 2. Division 23 Section "Environmental Control System" for control valves and actuators. 3. Division 23 piping sections for specialty valves applicable to those sections only. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Submit pressure drop curves for non-slam silent check valves. Include list indicating valve type and its piping system application. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliant: 1. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. 2. ASME B31.3 for power piping valves. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -2 B. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for dimension and design criteria. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of valve from a single source from a single manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves and weld ends. 3. Set gate and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew-point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves at least 4 inches off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufactures: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Gate valves: Crane, Hammond, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham, Vogt. 2. Globe valves: Crane, Hammond, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham. 3. Check valves: Crane, Hammond, Metraflex, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham. 4. Ball valves: Apollo, Hammond, Metraflex, Nibco Stockham, Watts. 5. Butterfly valves: Apollo, Bray, Centerline, Demco, Hammond, Keystone, Milwaukee, Nibco, Stockham, Watts. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -3 6. Strainers: Armstrong, Yarway, Flexonics, Keckley, Metraflex, Mueller, Watts, Hayward. 7. Drain valves: Apollo, Nibco, Watts. 8. Non-slam silent check valves: Metraflex, Mueller. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to Valve Schedule Articles for application of valves. B. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. C. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. Valves shall be rated for pressure and temperatures no less than that of the piping system in which they are installed. Account for piping system pressure tests when selecting component ratings. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Actuators: 1. Gear Drive: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types. 3. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves. 4. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves, for each size square plug head. G. Extended Valve Stems: 2-inch extensions on all valves. H. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron and ductile iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. I. Valve Threads: According to ASME B1.20.1. J. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.3 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Gate Valves – 2" and Smaller: 1. 125 psig steam, 200 psig CWP rating, MSS SP-80, threaded end, bronze body, union bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -4 B. Gate Valves – 2-1/2" and Larger: 1. Class 125, 125 psig steam rating, flanged end, outside screw and yoke, cast iron body, bolted bonnet, solid wedge, bronze mounted. C. Globe Valve – 2" and Smaller: 1. 125 psig steam, 200 psig CWP rating, MSS SP-80, threaded end, bronze body, union bonnet, integral seat, renewable TFE disc. D. Globe Valve – 2-1/2" and Larger: 1. Class 125, 200 psig CWP rating, 125 psig steam rating, MSS SP-85, flanged end, cast iron body, bolted bonnet, renewable cast bronze seat and disc, bronze mounted. E. Check Valves – 2" and Smaller: 1. Class 125, 200 psig CWP rating, MSS SP-80, threaded end, bronze body, horizontal swing, bronze regrinding type disc, bronze renewable disc seat. F. Check Valves – 2-1/2" and Larger: 1. Class 125, 200 psig CWP rating, MSS SP-71, flanged end, cast iron body, bolted bonnet, horizontal swing, renewable cast bronze seat and disc. G. Non-Slam Silent Check Valve – 1" and Larger: 1. ANSI Class 125, 200 psig CWP rating, cast iron body, bronze plug, stainless steel stem, bronze seats, stainless steel spring. Wafer end dual-plate style or flanged globe style types are acceptable unless denoted otherwise. H. Ball Valves – 2" and Smaller: 1. 600 psig CWP rating, MSS SP-110, blowout proof stem, 2 piece bronze body, standard port, chrome plated brass ball, Teflon seats with bronze trim, threaded end, zinc plated steel handle with plastic coating. Provide extended handle that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor barrier or otherwise disturbing insulation. I. Butterfly Valve – 12" and Smaller: 1. ANSI Class 125 flanged, 200 psig CWP rating, 125 psig bi-directional dead-end service with downstream flange removed, MSS SP-67, epoxy or polyester coated ductile iron body, lug style, extended neck, stainless steel or aluminum bronze disc, 416 stainless steel shaft, reinforced resilient EPDM seat and EPDM o-rings, shaft seal, worm gear operator with handwheel size 6" and larger, locking handle size 5" and smaller. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -5 J. Drain Valves: 1. Class 125, bronze body, screw-in bonnet, rising stem, composition disc, 3/4" hose outlet. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. C. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service and that it is free from defects and damage. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves, replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Gate valves shall be installed for shutoff duty in steam supply and condensate return piping systems. B. Globe valves shall be installed for throttling service. C. Ball valves shall be installed in 2" and smaller pipes for shutoff duty in all piping except steam supply and condensate return. D. Butterfly valves shall be installed in 2-1/2" and larger pipes for shutoff duty in all piping systems except steam supply and condensate return. E. Valves shall be installed on the inlet and outlet of each coil, at each piece of equipment, on each piping line coming out of a shaft to serve a floor, on each side of control valves and elsewhere as shown on the Contract Documents. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 05 23 -6 F. Safety valves shall have a relieving capacity of not less than the MBH output of the equipment. Relief shall be piped full size, without shutoff devices in line, to the nearest floor drain unless shown piped to the exterior on the Contract Documents. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance and equipment removal without system shutdown. Allow for actuator removal. C. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above 45 degrees from vertical. E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. F. Install chainwheel operators operators in mechanical and equipment rooms on valves NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger which are more than 96 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. Confirm chain locations with the Engineer prior to installation. G. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Dual-Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before insulating or final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if any leaking occurs. END OF SECTION 23 05 23 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -1 SECTION 23 05 29 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following hangers and supports for HVAC system piping and equipment: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 6. Pipe stands. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Division 21 Section "Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems" for pipe hangers for fireprotection piping. 3. Division 23 Section "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 4. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 5. Division 23 Section(s) "Metal Ducts" and "Nonmetal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -2 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. C. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. Include piping system schedule delineating which piping systems receive roller hangers. 2. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 3. Powder-actuated fastener systems. 4. Spring hangers utilized at pumps and other locations. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. 4. Equipment supports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following as applicable: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 4. AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." 5. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 3. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 4. Anvil International, Inc. 5. National Pipe Hanger Corporation. 6. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. 7. PHS Industries, Inc. 8. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 9. Tolco Inc. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop-or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop-or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B. Manufacturers: 1. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -4 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. Power-Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 4. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 5. Tolco Inc. 6. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100-psig-(690-kPa-) minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 3. PHS Industries, Inc. 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. 5. Rilco Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Value Engineered Products, Inc. C. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with vapor barrier. D. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. E. For Trapeze and Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated or stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -5 1. Manufacturers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.7 PIPE STAND FABRICATION A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field-fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosionresistant components to support piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece UV-inhibited plastic unit with integral-rod-roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration, complete with seismic restraints. All metal components shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123 after fabrication. 1. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b. MIRO Industries. c. Portable Pipe Hangers. C. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Shop-or field-fabricated pipe support made from structuralsteel shape, continuous-thread rods, and rollers for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 2.8 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop-or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, non-shrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Non-staining, non-corrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will come into direct contact with galvanized piping. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use pre-galvanized (hot dipped galvanized not required) or plain finish for indoor steel pipe hangers unless otherwise indicated. F. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of non-insulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). Install second upper locknut on hanger rod and tighten. 2. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of non-insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2 (DN 15 to DN 50). 3. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 4. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with Ubolt to retain pipe. 5. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900), if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 6. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 7. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20 (DN 65 to DN 500), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050), if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -7 9. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750), if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 12. 2. Carbon-or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 14 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 4. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 5. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 6. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 7. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads. 8. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel Ibeams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 9. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 10. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 11. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -8 12. For building attachments other than those indicated (such as Z purlins), install appropriate attachments directly to building or install unistrut to structure and hang from the unistrut. Clarify with the Structural Engineer as required J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. K. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). 3. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member. L. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Utilize powder coated channel for all channel exposed to view in occupied spaces and mechanical spaces. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -9 N. Use mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. Do not utilize powder-actuated fasteners. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricated from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Curb-Mounting-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. Refer to Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for curbs. 2. Insulate pipe stands which come in direct contact with piping or piping system components which operate below 50 deg F. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. I. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -10 J. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 4 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. N. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weightdistribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -11 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood inserts. 6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 7. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 8. Pipe Spacing: Arrange piping so that a minimum of 2-1/2” of clear space exists between the outer surface of the pipe insulation on parallel piping. 9. Spaces with no ceiling: Attach protective insulation shield to hanger utilizing tack weld such that shield cannot be dislodged from the hanger. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. D. Provide brush-on galvanizing touch-up for all bare metal exposed during installation or assembly. Galvanizing touch-up shall be compatible with original galvanized material. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.5 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 -12 B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -1 SECTION 23 05 48 – VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawing and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes vibration isolation and seismic controls for HVAC components. This section includes seismic restraints for equipment, piping, and ductwork. B. This Section includes the following: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Freestanding and restrained spring isolators. 4. Housed spring mounts. 5. Elastomeric hangers. 6. Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops. 7. Pipe riser resilient supports. 8. Resilient pipe guides. 9. Seismic snubbers. 10. Restraining cables. 11. Anchor bolts. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning & Development for the State of California. B. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. C. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association. D. IBC: International Building Code. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -2 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Restraint: 1. Design Spectral Acceleration, Short Period: 0.19. 2. Seismic Design Category C. 3. Component Importance Factor: 1.5. B. Seismic Hazard Level Designations, Piping and Ductwork Seismic Restraints and Equipment Pad Construction: 1. SMACNA Seismic Hazard Level C for attachments made to slab on grade through the roof structure. C. Seismic restraint shall be provided in accordance with requirements of the applicable Building Code and Mechanical Code and other locally enforced codes. D. Wind Restraint Loading: 1. Basic Wind Speed and Building Classification: See structural drawings. 2. Minimum 10 lb/sq. ft. multiplied by the maximum area of the HVAC component projected on a vertical plane that is normal to the wind direction and 45 degrees either side of normal. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include load deflection curves rated load and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. B. Equipment Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loads. 2. Seismic-Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of seismic restraints and snubbers. Show anchorage details and indicate material, strength, finish, quantity, diameter, depth of penetration of anchors, and required anchor edge distances. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -3 C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that all specified equipment will withstand seismic and wind restraint forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article above. Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculations. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified" for all components with a performance criteria factor of 1.0. b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event" for all components with a performance criteria factor of 1.5. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Piping and Ductwork Seismic Restraint Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. Location of all piping and ductwork seismic restraints shown in plan view. Utilize contractor’s in-progress as-built drawings for the plans. Identify which type of restraint is used in which location (provide schedule as necessary). 2. Submit seismic restraint shop drawing of piping and ductwork seismic restraints prior to the area undergoing its above ceiling inspection. 3. Submit written verification that seismic restraint installation is complete and meets project requirements. E. Wind Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of restraints. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. Submit calculations showing wind forces and compliance with all state and local codes. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis performed according to OSHPD and shall bear anchorage preapproval "OPA" number, from OSHPD or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismicrestraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismicrestraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -4 B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." C. HVAC equipment mounted outside the building shall be anchored to building structure in compliance with lateral load requirements of the locally enforced building code. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." C. Coordinate with all trades the locations of seismic restraints for HVAC piping and equipment with all other systems and equipment in the vicinity. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 1. Amber/Booth Company, Inc., A VMC Group Company. 2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. 4. Vibration Eliminator Company, Inc. 5. Vibro-Acoustics. 6. Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 2.2 VIBRATION ISOLATORS A. Elastomeric Isolator Pads: Oil and water resistant neoprene arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with non-slip pattern and galvanized steel baseplates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment. 1. Material: Standard neoprene. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -5 B. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open spring isolators. 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch-(6-mm-) thick, rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 100 psig (690 kPa). 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. C. Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open spring isolators with seismic restraint. 1. Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to wind loads or if weight is removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch-(6-mm-) thick, elastomeric isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Restraint: Seismic stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. D. Elastomeric Hangers: Double deflection type, with molded, oil resistant rubber or neoprene isolator elements, steel housings with threaded connections for hanger rods. Color coded or otherwise identified to indicate capacity range. E. Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame or other method which puts the neoprene in series with the spring. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -6 7. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. F. Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of the rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. G. Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) thick neoprene. Include steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig (3.45 MPa) and for equal resistance in all directions. H. Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) thick, neoprene. Factory set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion and contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.3 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. B. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, neoprene having a durometer of 40 -60, plus or minus 5, with a flat washer face. C. Seismic Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -7 2. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: 1-piece, molded, bridge-bearing neoprene complying with AASHTO M 251 and having a durometer of 40 -60, plus or minus 5. 3. Maximum 1/4-inch air gap and minimum 1/4-inch thick resilient cushion. D. Restraining Cables: ASTM A603 galvanized steel or ASTM A492 stainless steel aircraft cables with end connections made of steel assemblies that adjust to final installation angle and utilize clamping bolts or other method for cable engagement. Include brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for retraining cable service and with automatic locking and clamping devices. E. Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted support system sleeve with internally bolted connections or reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod. F. Anchor Bolts: Seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or female-wedge type suitable for seismic use in accordance with ACI 355. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488/E 488M. Provide adhesive anchor bolts for nonisolated equipment in excess of 10 HP. G. Channel Support System: MFMA-3 shop or field fabricated support assembly made of slotted steel channels rated in tension, compressor, and torsion forces and with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. 2.4 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested equipment before shipping. 1. Powder coating on springs and housings. 2. All hardware shall be electro-galvanized. Hot-dip galvanized metal components for exterior use. 3. Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. 4. Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to indicate capacity range. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control and wind control devices for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -8 C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations as specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" and in accordance with applicable codes as required by the authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on either side of equipment. C. Install seismic snubbers or restrained springs on isolated equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. D. Install restraining cables steel angles or channel at each trapeze and individual pipe hanger as specified herein. Install cables so they do not bend across sharp edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. Requirements apply equally to hanging equipment. Do not weld angles to threaded rods. E. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts. F. Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. G. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by ICC-ES, OSHPD or another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. H. Attachment to Structure: Anchor bracing to structure at flange of beams, at upper chord of truss or at concrete members. I. Drilled in Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage reinforced steel and embedded items. Locate and avoid all items. 2. Do not drill holes until concrete has achieved full design strength. 3. Set anchors to manufacturer’s recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 4. Install zinc coated anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. J. Field installed identification means on each actual seismic restraint which is cross-referenced to the submittal drawing. K. Fill concrete inertia bases, after installing base frame, with 3000-psi (20.7-MPa) concrete; trowel to a smooth finish. 1. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements as specified in Division 3. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -9 3.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping" for piping flexible connections. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after piping systems have been filled and equipment is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. C. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch (6-mm) movement during start and stop. D. Adjust active height of spring isolators. E. Adjust snubbers according to manufacturer's written recommendations. F. Adjust seismic restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. G. Torque anchor bolts according to equipment manufacturer's written recommendations to resist seismic forces. 3.5 CLEANING A. After completing equipment installation, inspect vibration isolation and seismic-control devices. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris, leaving equipment free to move on isolation supports. 3.6 PIPING AND DUCTWORK RESTRAINTS A. All ductwork and piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordance with SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, Second Edition with September 2000 Amendment No. 1 as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (ANSI/SMACNA 001-2000). Seismic Hazard Levels required are noted in Part 1 "Performance Requirements." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48 -10 1. "12 inch" exceptions for duct and piping are not applicable. Utilize the methods of the Seismic Restraint Manual without utilizing these exceptions. B. Piping restraints shall comply with requirements at MSS SP-127. 1. Brace a change in direction longer than 12 feet. C. Seismically restrain (brace) all piping as follows: 1. Brace all HVAC piping 2-1/2" nominal diameter and larger. D. Seismically restrain all ductwork as follows: 1. Seismically restrain all ductwork six square feet and larger in cross sectional area. E. Generate a coordination drawing showing pipe and ductwork restraint locations in a timely manner to facilitate coordination with other trades. 3.7 EQUIPMENT VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT A. Manufacturer shall design and provide vibration isolation and seismic restraints to meet the requirements of this specification and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Seismic restraints shall be designed and provided for all equipment. C. Suspended equipment shall be two rigid restraint or four point cables independently braced. END OF SECTION 23 05 48 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -1 SECTION 23 05 53 – IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Access panel and door labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 5. Stencils. 6. Valve tags. 7. Valve schedules. 8. Ceiling and thermostat labels. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Valve Tag Schedules: For each piping system. Include a listing of all valves to be labeled with proposed content for each label. Include valve numbering scheme. Furnish extra copies (in addition to mounted copies) to include in maintenance manuals. C. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with proposed content for each label. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -2 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. D. Coordinate identifying devices to be consistent in appearance in all exposed locations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Labels: Engraved, color-coded, multi-layer, multi-color laminated plastic for mechanical engraving. Include contact-type, permanent adhesive suitable for surface temperature of equipment. 1. Terminology: Match Owner's numbering scheme or drawing schedules with unique equipment number. 2. Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 4-1/1/2 by 6 inches (115 by 150 mm) for equipment, 1/8 inch thick. 3. Letters: 1/2 inch minimum. B. Access Panel and Door Labels: 1/16-inch-(1.6-mm-) thick, engraved laminated plastic, with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to identification. Provide 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) center hole for attachment. 1. Terminology: Match Owner’s labeling scheme. 2. Fasteners: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or contact-type, permanent adhesive. 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Manufactured Pipe Labels, General: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and an arrow showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: ASME A13.1 or Owner's current color scheme. 2. Lettering: Heating Water Supply HWS Heating Water Return HWR ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -3 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. 4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) and Larger: Either full-band or strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label. 5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of material flow in piping. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled semi-rigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Labels: Continuously printed, vinyl tape at least 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back. 1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum. 2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) or Larger: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. 2.3 DUCT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Duct Labels: Preprinted, color-coded with lettering indicating service. Include direction of airflow and duct service (such as supply, return, and exhaust). Include contact-type, permanent adhesive. 2.4 DUCT AND ACCESS DOOR STENCILS A. Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1; minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch (19 mm) for access panel and door markers and similar operational instructions. 1. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black, unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 2. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers, with numbering scheme approved by Owner. Provide 5/32-inch (4-mm) hole for fastener. 1. Material: 0.032-inch-(0.8-mm-) thick brass. 2. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass S-hook. 3. Lettering: Black filled. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -4 4. Size: Minimum 1-1/2”, larger as required for labeling scheme. 2.6 VALVE SCHEDULES A. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on standard-size bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule. Include mounting screws. 2. Frame: Extruded aluminum. 3. Glazing: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing Quality B, 2.5-mm, single-thickness glass. 2.7 CEILING LABELS A. Description: 1/2-inch wide clear extra strength tape with 1/4-inch high black letters. Extra strength adhesive suitable for use on rough, textured, or uneven surfaces, as well as painted and powder coated surfaces. 2.8 TEMPERATURE SENSOR LABELS A. Description: 1/4-inch wide clear extra strength tape with 1/8-inch high black letters. Extra strength adhesive for use on rough textured or uneven surfaces, as well as painted or powder coated surfaces. 2.9 RACEWAY (EMT AND CONDUIT) IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Color for Printed Legend: 1. Control circuits: a. Temperature controls: Black letters on a white field. 2. Legend: Indicate system or service. Indicate voltage. C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather and chemical resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -5 2.10 CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. B. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. C. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels: Cut from 0.014-inch (0.35-mm) thick aluminum sheet with stamped, embossed or scribed legend and fitted with tabs and matching slots for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. D. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking nylon tie fastener. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections. If more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install equipment labels with permanent adhesive on or near each item of mechanical equipment. 1. Letter Size: Minimum 3/4-inch (19 mm) for name of units and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to threefourths the size of principal lettering. 2. Data: Distinguish among multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, warn of hazards and improper operations, and identify units. 3. Locate labels where accessible and visible. Include labels for each piece of mechanical equipment and for the following general categories of equipment: a. Fire dampers and fire/smoke dampers. b. Terminal units (supply air terminal boxes, exhaust air valves): For terminal units located above ceiling, locate equipment label on the bottom of the terminal terminal unit where it will be visible from the designated ceiling access panel/tile. If utilizing manufacturer’s labels, lettering shall be at least 1” tall. Permanent marker handwritten labels with 2” tall letters are also acceptable on the bottom of these terminal units. Do not paint over labels. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -6 B. Install access panel and door labels on equipment and shaft access panels. 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured pipe label indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows showing direction of material flow in piping. 1. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Pretensioned pipe labels. Use size to ensure a tight fit. 2. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches (150 mm): Self-adhesive pipe labels. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, covering full circumference of pipe. 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches (150 mm) and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe labels. Use color-coded, self-adhesive plastic tape, at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide, lapped at least 3 inches (75 mm) at both ends of pipe label, and covering full circumference of pipe. B. Locate pipe labels as follows: 1. Near (within 24” of) each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs less than ten feet long for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Each side of penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and non-accessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 15 feet (4.5 m) along each run. 7. At a minimum of once over each room for each piping system present over that room. Center the label in the pipe run over the room. If pipe length over the room is less than 15 feet than install labels at each wall penetration. 3.4 DUCT IDENTIFICATION A. Install duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Green: For cold-air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Blue: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust. 5. Letter Size: Minimum 1-inch (26 mm) and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. B. Stenciled Duct Option: Stenciled labels, showing service and direction of flow, may be provided instead of laminated-plastic duct labels, if lettering larger than 1 inch (25 mm) high is ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -7 needed for proper identification because of distance from normal location of required identification. C. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 15 feet (4.5 m) in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. D. Duct marker identification shall indicate the associated fan system (e.g., “EF-3 exhaust”). 3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; faucets; convenience hose connections; at HVAC terminal devices and at similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. 3.6 VALVE-SCHEDULE INSTALLATION A. Mount valve schedules on a wall in an accessible location in each major equipment room. 3.7 CEILING LABEL AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR LABEL INSTALLATION A. Provide ceiling labels to locate items above T-bar type lay-in panel ceilings. Locate at corner of T-bar grid closest to equipment. Provide ceiling labels for the following: 1. HVAC terminal units (terminal boxes, reheat coils, etc.). 2. Fire dampers and fire/smoke dampers. 3. Steam traps, humidifiers and steam pressure reducing valves. 4. Controls components: Control panels, duct static pressure sensors, humidifier sensors, control valves, control air reducing valves, etc. 5. Duct smoke detectors. 6. Each valve which receives a valve tag. B. Provide thermostat labels on the inside cover of all thermostats with removable covers. For other sensors, install label on top exterior surface. Label shall indicate equipment tag of controlled device (e.g., TB-311). Clarify location of label with controls submittal. 3.8 WARNING LABEL INSTALLATION A. Write required message on and attach warning labels to equipment and other items (e.g., hazardous ductwork systems) where where required. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53 -8 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean faces of mechanical identification devices and glass frames of valve schedules. 3.11 TEMPERATURE CONTROL LABEL INSTALLATION A. Control panels shall receive equipment labels where the number of the panel matches that on the controls submittal. B. All control raceways and junction boxes shall be identified with preprinted self-adhesive vinyl labels. C. All cables not located within raceways shall be identified at maximum 25 foot intervals. D. Control raceways shall be identified at maximum 15 foot intervals within rooms with no ceiling and at a minimum once over each room the raceway passes through. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -1 SECTION 23 05 93 -TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and water flow within distribution systems, including submains, branches and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor’s Notice To Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB Contractor and this Project’s TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in “Quality Assurance” Article. This documentation shall include the following: 1. A list of the names of all individual on-site Field Supervisors and TAB Technicians who may be assigned to the project. 2. A statement that each of the individual listed on-site Field Supervisors and TAB Technicians has met the experience and certification requirements of the specification. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -2 3. A statement that each of the individual listed on-site Field Supervisors and TAB Technicians has received the required training from the selected Controls Supplier. 4. A statement noting that apprentice labor may be utilized for lesser skilled tasks if under the direct supervision of one of the listed individual on-site Field Supervisors and TAB Technicians who is on-site at all times the apprentice is working. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. D. Certified TAB reports. E. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. Calibration dates shall be within a period of six months prior to the first recorded measurements on the project site. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. TAB Contractor shall be either: a. A current certified member of AABC, registered in the state of the project site. b. A current certified member of NEBB, registered in the state of the project site. c. A registered Professional Engineer licensed in the state of the project site that specialized in the testing, adjusting and balancing of systems with a minimum of ten years of documented experience. 2. Testing, adjusting and balancing shall be completed under the direct field supervision of the TAB Field Supervisor. The TAB Field Supervisor shall be either: a. A direct employee of the TAB Contractor who is currently certified as an AABC Test and Balance Engineer with at least ten years of demonstrated working experience in the testing, adjusting and balancing of building HVAC systems. b. A direct employee of the TAB Contractor who is currently certified as NEBB Qualified TAB Supervisor with at least ten years of demonstrated working experience in the testing, adjusting and balancing of building HVAC systems. c. A registered Professional Engineer that specialized in the testing, adjusting and balancing of systems with a minimum of ten years of documented experience. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -3 3. All testing, adjusting and balancing work shall be completed by a TAB technician. The TAB technician shall be either: a. An employee of the TAB Contractor and who is certified by AABC as a test and balance technician. b. An employee of the TAB Contractor and who is certified by NEBB as a qualified TAB technician. c. A registered Professional Engineer that specialized in the testing, adjusting and balancing of systems with a minimum of ten years of documented experience. 4. In addition to the technical capabilities described herein, the TAB Contractor demonstrates a production capability to plan, control, and integrate manpower and other resources necessary for successful contract completion. 5. TAB Contractor shall have received software training from the selected Controls Supplier applicable to the software and hardware which will be provided for this project. 6. TAB Contractor shall have on the project site all required software and hardware necessary from the selected Controls Supplier to perform testing, adjusting and balancing required tasks. 7. TAB Contractor shall be listed on the Bid Form on bid day. 8. TAB Contractor shall have at least five years documented experience in the testing, adjusting and balancing of commercial DDC controls. The Owner may ask to verify the qualifications and experience for all field installation technicians assigned to the project prior to the approval of the TAB Contractor. 9. TAB Contractor shall submit a statement acknowledging agreement with the applicable manufacturer’s design guidelines covering the installation of controls and the subsequent requirements of the TAB Contractor. 10. TAB Contractor shall attend a one hour familiarization session immediately following the project preconstruction meeting. B. TAB Conference: Meet with Engineer, Owner, Construction Manager, and Commissioning Authority on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. c. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -4 D. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms. E. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. C. The TAB Agent shall telephone the Engineer while on-site TAB work is being undertaken. Provide pencil copy handwritten data directly to the Engineer via fax while on-site TAB work is being undertaken. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 TAB SPECIALISTS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, engage one of the following: 1. Central Indiana: a. Total Balance, Inc. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -5 B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems -Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. L. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -6 O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers, valves and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open position. This includes dampers in multi-zone units, mixing boxes and variable air volume terminals. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including 2-way valves and 3-way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. 5. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse affects of sunlight, drafts and cold walls. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller setpoints are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default setpoints if different from design values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. Q. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance," ASHRAE 111 NEBB's "Procedural ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -7 Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," SMACNA's "HVAC Systems -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing," and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 3. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. Submit this plan to all contractors to verify phasing and occupancy concerns. Submit plan to the Engineer prior to execution. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return-and exhaust-air dampers through the the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. Communicate concerns about potential stratification directly to the Engineer. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -8 J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." M. Measure and record for each terminal unit the static air pressure and the damper position (% open) when recording the maximum airflow readings for the space. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure total airflow. a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heatrecovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 6. Obtain approval from Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -9 7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, fullheating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. 8. Replace sheaves and belts as required to deliver the necessary airflow through the system accounting for all system losses. Coordinate final belt and sheave sizes with unit manufacturers. Refer to individual Division 23 specifications for additional information. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set-point airflow with the remainder at maximum-airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced-airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -10 B. Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows: 1. Set outdoor-air dampers at minimum, and set return-and exhaust-air dampers at a position that simulates full-cooling load. 2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal-unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal-unit discharge system losses. 3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow. 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal-unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 5. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant-volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow. 6. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow. a. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant-volume air systems. 7. Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. 8. Record final fan-performance data. 3.8 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts. B. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check liquid level in expansion tank. 3. Check makeup water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 4. Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -11 5. Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. 6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 7. Check pump-motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Measure flow at all automatic flow control valves to verify that valves are functioning as designed. B. Measure flow at all pressure-independent characterized control valves, with valves in fully open position, to verify that valves are functioning as designed. C. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings. D. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance. 1. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressure-drop relationship may be used as a flow-indicating device. E. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device, if installed, to achieve flow that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow. F. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows: 1. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow. 2. Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow. 3. Record settings and mark balancing devices. G. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, pump and motor rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air temperature. H. Measure the differential-pressure- control-valve settings existing at the conclusion of balancing. I. Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -12 3.10 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model number, serial number, and nameplate data. 3.11 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil: 1. Entering-and leaving-water temperature. 2. Water flow rate. 3. Water pressure drop. 4. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 5. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils. 6. Airflow. 7. Air pressure drop. B. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil: 1. Nameplate data. 2. Airflow. 3. Entering-and leaving-air temperature at full load. 4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage. 5. Calculated kilowatt at full load. 6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection. C. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each steam coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Airflow. 3. Air pressure drop. 4. Inlet steam pressure. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -13 D. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil: 1. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 2. Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 3. Airflow. 4. Air pressure drop. 5. Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature. 3.12 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused. 1. Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan. 2. Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information. 3. Check the refrigerant charge. 4. Check the condition of filters. 5. Check the condition of coils. 6. Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap. 7. Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication. 8. Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report deficiencies. B. Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished. Verify the following: 1. New filters are installed. 2. Coils are clean and fins combed. 3. Drain pans are clean. 4. Fans are clean. 5. Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated. 6. Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected. C. Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work. 1. Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils. 2. Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer. 3. If If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required. 4. Balance each air outlet. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -14 3.13 TEMPERATURE CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between setpoints, controller readings and actual measurements. D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high and low temperature controllers). E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Verify main control supply air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a ground or non-grounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail safe operations. L. For each system with airflow measuring station, record the calibration data, actual airflow and measured sensor process variable at minimum airflow, maximum airflow, and halfway between minimum and maximum airflow settings. M. With each piece of equipment in operation under the fully automatic control of the Building Automation System, perform the following test: 1. Throw the disconnect to the off position. For equipment driven by a variable frequency drive, switch the breaker feeding the drive to the “off” position. Simultaneously remove power from the Building Automation System controller which controls that piece of equipment. 2. Remain in the un-energized condition for eight seconds. 3. Return disconnect and breaker to their normal “on” position. Return power to controls. 4. Document normal operation of the equipment after power interruption (normal speed, normal position, normal pressure, etc.). N. Measure and record the discharge air temperature from each terminal unit, fan coil unit and induction unit. Cooling and heating systems shall be operational during this test. Report all ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -15 cooling discharge air temperatures that are above 55 deg. F to the proper contractors for remediation. Report all heating discharge air temperatures that are less than 90 deg. F to the proper contractor for remediation. O. Report all results in writing for all verification activities. 3.14 FULL AIRFLOW TESTING A. Prior to performing building pressurization testing, perform full airflow testing on each floor, one floor at a time, to be witnessed by the Mechanical Engineer. B. Adjust diffuser throws prior to full airflow testing. C. In fully automatic control, reset each supply terminal unit temperature control setpoint to 55 deg F and verify maximum simultaneous flow at all terminal units. Record percentage open position of the five most hydraulically remote terminal units while simultaneously measuring static pressure at each of the five terminal units units and at all the system static pressure sensors. Measure supply air temperature at the DDC sensor and compare to sensor reading. Investigate temperatures which indicate reheat valve is not fully closed. Adjust static pressure sensor setpoint such that the most hydraulically remote terminal box is 85 percent open. Rerecord percentage open position at the five most hydraulically remote terminal units while simultaneously measuring static pressure at each of the five terminal units and at the system static pressure sensors. With the floor still in full airflow and with the final static pressure setpoint in operation, identify acoustic issues for investigation by the Mechanical Engineer. Measure supply air by duct traverse in locations suitable to confirm airflow serving the floor. D. Report all results in writing. 3.15 BUILDING PRESSURIZATION A. Measure building pressurizations across doors at all existing buildings and exterior doors in full automatic occupied mode. B. Adjust corridor and other constant volume terminal boxes and exhaust valves as clarified by Engineer. C. Repeat testing in full automatic unoccupied mode. D. Remeasure differential pressure across doors and readjust as clarified. E. Report all results in writing. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -16 3.16 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Zero to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 5 percent. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: Zero to plus 5 percent. 3.17 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare weekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.18 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report, tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project name. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -17 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet-and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. E. Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -18 d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. i. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total air flow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). f. Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). g. Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). i. Outdoor airflow in cfm (L/s). j. Return airflow in cfm (L/s). k. Outdoor-air damper position. l. Return-air damper position. m. Vortex damper position. F. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -19 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Suction static pressure in inches wg (Pa). f. System leakage data. Report on system leakage as the difference between the airflows measured at the fan inlet traverse and the summation of airflows measured at the spaces served. Measure fan airflows while the space airflows are all simultaneously at their maximum airflow settings. For leakage rates greater than 3%, perform branch traverse airflow readings to identify locations of leakage. G. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch (mm) o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft. (sq. m). h. Tube size in NPS (DN). i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Average face velocity in fpm (m/s). c. Air pressure drop in inches wg (Pa). d. Outdoor-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). e. Return-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). f. Entering-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). g. Leaving-air, wet-and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg C). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -20 h. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). j. Entering-water temperature in deg F (deg C). k. Leaving-water temperature in deg F (deg C). l. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig (kPa). n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F (deg C). o. Inlet steam pressure in psig (kPa). H. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System and air-handling-unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Duct size in inches (mm). f. Duct area in sq. ft. (sq. m). g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm (L/s). h. Indicated velocity in fpm (m/s). i. Actual air flow rate rate in cfm (L/s). j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m/s). k. Barometric pressure in psig (Pa). I. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Apparatus used for test. d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft. (sq. m). 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). c. Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm (L/s). d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm (m/s). e. Final air flow rate in cfm (L/s). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -21 f. Final velocity in fpm (m/s). g. Space temperature in deg F (deg C). h. Static pressure at the terminal unit when the terminal is flowing the maximum airflow setting. i. Damper position (% open) when the terminal is flowing the maximum airflow setting. J. System-Coil Reports: For terminal heating and cooling hydronic coils at terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air-handling-unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Air flow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Entering-water temperature in deg F (deg C). c. Leaving-water temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig (kPa). e. Entering-air temperature in deg F (deg C). f. Leaving-air temperature in deg F (deg C). K. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. L. System and Functional Test Reports: For each system test, include the following: 1. Condition of controls (fully automatic or not). 2. Variable frequency drive Hertz. 3. All conditions denoted in the Procedures Section. 4. System static pressures at building automation sensors, both physical readings and controller readouts. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -22 3.19 INSPECTIONS A. Initial Inspection: 1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the final report. 2. Check the following for each system: a. Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b. Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminals. c. Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point. d. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. e. Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report. B. Final Inspection: 1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Engineer. 2. The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Engineer of Record. 3. Engineer shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. 4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." 5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. C. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows: 1. Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection. 2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93 -23 D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -1 SECTION 23 07 00 -HVAC INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Mineral fiber. 2. Fire-rated insulation systems. 3. Insulating cements. 4. Adhesives. 5. Mastics. 6. Sealants. 7. Factory-applied jackets. 8. Tapes. 9. Securements. 10. Corner angles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 3. Division 33 Section "Underground Hydronic Energy Distribution" for loose-fill pipe insulation in underground piping outside the building. 4. Division 33 Section "Underground Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping" for loosefill pipe insulation in underground piping outside the building. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). Provide a scheduled listing in the submittal of each type of pipe service, duct service or equipment type that insulates with the thickness and jacket noted for each service and type. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -2 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 4. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 5. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 6. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 7. Detail field application for each equipment type. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. B. Storage: Insulation material shall be stored to prevent dirt and moisture contamination. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -3 clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after satisfactory pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type II with factory-applied vinyl jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap. G. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-applied FSK jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -4 with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. c. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. H. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. c. Knauf Insulation; Earthwool 1000. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ or with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -5 B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. c. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire-and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -6 2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.6 TAPES A. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. b. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. B. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. b. Compac Corp.; 120. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -7 C. Bands: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Products; Bands. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands. 2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide with wing seal . 3. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide with wing seal . D. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper-or zinc-coated steel pin (or other material as required for stainless or aluminum ductwork), fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-(3.5-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. 2) GEMCO; CD. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS. 2. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper-or zinc-coated steel pin (or other material as required for stainless steel or aluminum duct), fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-(3.5-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) galvanized carbon-steel washer. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1. 2) GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; CHP. 3. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -8 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. c. Spindle: Fully annealed, 0.106-inch-(2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 4. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-(0.41-mm) thick, sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 5. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-(0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc. E. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. F. Wire: 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft-annealed, stainless steel. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. C & F Wire. b. Childers Products. c. PABCO Metals Corporation. d. RPR Products, Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -9 2.7 CORNER ANGLES A. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), aluminum according to ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Carbon steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature below 60 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -10 C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-(75-mm-) wide wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -11 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -12 joint with joint sealant. Fabricate a cellular glass "box" around the pump which is removable. Utilize flexible elastomeric at penetrations and seal with silicone. Allow for removal of suction diffuser screen if a suction diffuser is installed. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 1. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Firestopping" and fire-resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -13 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. 10. Install insulation at coil connection piping not required to have a continuous vapor barrier such that the maximum length of uninsulated piping does not exceed 3” in length. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainlesssteel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -14 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.6 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -15 D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. E. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for minimum 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire bottom surface of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitordischarge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On exposed ductwork where no ceiling is installed, on all duct sizes, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct on both duct sides and on the duct bottom. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On concealed ductwork, on duct with dimensions larger than 24 inches, place pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install pins on any side or the bottom with dimension greater than 24”. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward-clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier tape at each joint. Vapor barrier consisting of factory-or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant may be used at joints, seams, and protrusions in lieu of vapor barrier tape. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -16 b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm) o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-(150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 8. Insulate duct mounted coils located within terminal units (terminal boxes, supply air valves, fan coil units) by extending external duct insulation over the terminal unit a minimum of two inches. Insulate over return bends. 9. Insulate the external side of diffusers as noted on the details. F. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for minimum 50 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge- weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitordischarge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), space pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward-clinching ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -17 staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory-or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vaporbarrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-(150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 3.7 FINISHES A. Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -18 3.9 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, concealed return located in non-conditioned space. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous-glass ducts. 2. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration-control devices. 6. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.10 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, rectangular, round and flat oval, supply air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) minimum thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. (12-kg/cu. m) or 1.0-lb/cu. ft. (24-kg/cu. m) nominal density to achieve a minimum installed (at 25% compression) R value of 6.0 at 75 deg F. mean temperature. B. Concealed, rectangular, round and flat oval, return air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches minimum thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. (12-kg/cu. m) or 1.0-lb/cu. ft. (18-kg/cu. m) nominal density to achieve a minimum installed R value of 3.5 at 75 deg F. 3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00 -19 3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Heating Water Supply and Return, Boiler Feedwater, 200 Deg F (93 Deg C) and below: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following: a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1-1/2 inch thick. 2. NPS 2 and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 2 inches thick. END OF SECTION 23 07 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -1 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) SECTION 23 09 01 – ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: 1. Furnish, install complete, program, and place in totally acceptable operation an environmental control system as shown or implied on the Contract Documents. B. Work Included: 1. Furnish and install pneumatic control temperature, humidity and pressure controls, and accessories as required to provide a complete operable system to obtain the operational sequence described. 2. All control and interlock wiring by Environmental Control Contractor and to be in full compliance with all sections of electrical specifications. 3. Environmental Control Contractor shall prepare electric flow diagram on all controls, starters, and mechanical equipment detailing all terminals in each component. 4. Any relays or auxiliary contacts required, not furnished by suppliers of mechanical equipment or starters shall be furnished by Environmental Control Contractor. 5. Note that schematic control diagrams on drawings are presented to show the intent of all control loops and to illustrate the operational sequences described. The electric signals are diagrammatic only and each bidder shall be required to furnish such wires and air lines as required to meet their specific equipment. ECC is directed to building drawings and all schedules for complete coordination of project requirements. 6. All standards of quality and operation shown, described and implied to be fully met. Any questions relative to deviations to be submitted in writing to the Architect/Engineer at least 14 days prior to bid date. 7. This Contractor/Supplier is directed to all General Conditions of the Contract. C. Work Not Included: 1. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring to and from all motor starters and motor control centers. 2. Sheet Metal Contractor shall shall install motorized dampers and duct mounted airflow measuring station furnished by the Environmental Control Contractor. 3. Mechanical Contractor to install all temperature sensing wells and control valves furnished by the Environmental Control Contractor. D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -2 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) 2. Hangers and Supports. 3. Mechanical Identification. 4. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 5. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers. 6. Enclosed Controllers. 7. Motor Control Centers. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Control Supplier/Engineering Contractor: 1. Johnson Controls, Inc. B. Acceptable Installation and Service Contractor: 1. Johnson Controls, Inc. C. The entire electric, electronic and direct digital control system shall be approved and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. All equipment and panels shall bear the appropriate UL listing marking to insure compliance. Listing compliance shall include but not be limited to UL864. D. Except where certain controls are specified by manufacturer and product numbers (and no substitute is permitted in those cases), all products shall be of a common manufacturer and no mixing of manufacturers is permitted. It should be noted that all quality requirements noted in this specification shall be equally met; any variance shall be submitted in writing 14 days prior to bidding and, if approved, notice will be given in writing. Failure to meet the 14-day requirement will negate any consideration of variance. E. All engineering, project management, system commissioning, and service shall be performed by experienced full-time professional employees of the Control Supplier/Engineering Contractor. Installation of all electric, electronic, and DDC controls including all electric wiring shall be the responsibility of the Installation Contractor. Installation may be subcontracted at the Contractor's discretion, but full and complete responsibility for the quality and workmanship rests with the Installation Contractor. Where work is subcontracted, the Installation Contractor shall make a complete inspection before the system is placed in operation to insure that all sections of Part 3 -Execution are met and such documentation shall be made a part of the final operation and maintenance manuals. F. The Control Supplier/Engineering Contractor shall have a minimum of 15 years of experience in the design and installation of Environmental Control Systems equal in scope and size to that herein specified and shall be prepared to provide documented proof of such history. Contractor to be full factory branch or provide written proof that control manufacturer assumes full liability for any product fault or defect. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -3 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) G. Service and installation personnel to be permanently located within 100 miles of job site and to be available 24 hours each day within 4 hours' notice. Contractors who rely on third party vendors for maintenance/service staff and expertise on any major component are not acceptable. H. The intent of the contractual division between the "Supplier/Engineering Contractor" and the "Control Installation Contractor" is that under the former shall be supplied 100% of the control material and complete engineering drawings incorporating panels with numbered terminal strips along with an engineering inspection of the final installation. This shall also include all system commissioning and service during the warranty period. Under the installation contract shall be supplied all air piping and electrical communication networks to make the system 100% operative. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product: 1. Submit descriptive literature and shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2. Submittals shall include the following data: a. Dimensions. b. Installation instructions. c. Product description and operational capacities. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer which show: a. Full schematic presentation of all systems with location of all sensors, relays, dampers, valves, and actuators. All components to be designated to a code similar to Engineer's design on HPE drawings. b. Full wiring diagrams with point to point designation. Number, size, and type of wiring with designation as to exact enclosure and support to be clearly noted. c. All DDC analog and binary points to be cross referenced to the same code designation (AI-X, AO-X, BI-X, and BO-X) shown on Engineer's HPE drawings. d. All operating systems shall include the sequence of operation that will be employed. This will parallel, as a minimum, the sequence detailed on Engineer's HPE drawings. e. All pneumatic sensing and activating air lines to be clearly denoted with sizing and reference to specified installation standards. 2. ECC to schedule a presubmittal presentation of all proposed formal submittal diagrams and data with A/E prior to said formal submittal. This meeting shall be scheduled and conducted at BSA LifeStructures' Indianapolis office. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -4 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) C. Maintenance Manuals: 1. Submit maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with Section 01 78 23. D. Owner Instruction and Training Report: 1. Submit the written "Owner Instruction and Training Report" in accordance with Part 3.01.D. of this specification section. 1.4 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Note that all operational sequences are noted on the plans. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Control Instruments: 1. All control instruments, unless otherwise specified, shall be fully proportioning with adjustable sensitivity. Note that P, PI, and PID loops shall be required wherever necessary to afford final stable control within acceptable parameters to satisfaction of Architect/Engineer. B. Temperature Sensors: 1. Space sensors for control of CAV duct coils and VAV terminal boxes shall have exposed external adjustment in private offices and locked areas. In other areas, adjustment to be concealed. Adjustment to be plus and minus 4 from the null setpoint. All instruments to have brushed stainless steel covers with thermometers where external adjustment is utilized and concealed adjustment elsewhere. C. Valves: 1. Valves shall be normally open or closed as required by the application. All valves shall fail in the system "safe" position. 2. All valves, unless specified otherwise, to be fully modulating. Packing to be self-sealing V ring design arranged to tighten the seal as water pressure increases, thus eliminating manual packing adjustment. All actuators to incorporate 100% surplus torque to allow full closing under 100% increase in system water or steam pressure. Valve bodies to be 125 psig bronze with inner plugs such that sizing is accomplished for a 5 psig pressure drop on water service and afford total linear control. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -5 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) D. Air Supply: 1. Control air is to be taken from the existing JCO control air main run from the existing duplex air compressors with a 3/8” copper main and a separate 50-20 psig PRV with air gauges and shut off valve. E. Operators Workstation Existing JCI to be utilized to monitor exhaust fans denoted): 1. The Operators Workstation shall provide direct communications with all DDC controllers and other sensing and alarm points. 2. Basic interface description: a. Command entry/menu selection process: Operator interface software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language prompting and English language point identification. b. Text-based displays: The Operator interface shall provide consistent text-based displays of all system point and application data described in this specification. Point identification, engineering units, status indication, and application naming conventions shall be the same at all operator devices. c. Password protection: Multiple-level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user/manager to limit control, display, and database manipulation capabilities as he deems appropriate for each user, based upon an assigned password. 1) A minimum of four passwords shall be supported at each digital panel. 2) Operators will be able to perform only those commands available for their respective passwords. Menu selections displayed at any operator device shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log-on. d. Operator commands: The operator interface shall allow the operator to perform commands including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Start-up or shutdown selected equipment. 2) Adjust set points. 3) Add/modify/delete time programming. 4) Enable/disable process execution. 5) Lock/unlock alarm reporting for each point. 6) Enable/disable totalization for each point. 7) Enable/disable trending. 8) Enter temporary override schedules. 9) Define holiday schedules. 10) Change time/data. 11) Enter/modify analog alarm limits. 12) Enable/disable demand limiting. 13) Enable/disable duty cycle. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -6 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) e. Logs and summaries: Reports shall be generated manually and directed to the displays. As a minimum, the system shall allow the user to easily obtain the following types of reports. -A general listing of all points in the network. -List all points currently in alarm. -List of all off-line points. -List all points currently in override status. -List all Weekly Schedules. -List all Holiday Programming. Summaries shall be provided for specific points, for a logical point group, for a user-selected group or groups, or for the entire facility without restriction due to the hardware configuration of the facility management system. Under no conditions shall the operator need to specify the address of hardware controller to obtain system information. 3. Dynamic color graphic displays: Color graphic floor plan displays and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment, including air handling units, chilled water systems, and hot water boiler systems, shall be provided to optimize the system performance analysis and speed alarm recognition. All software engineering required to construct the graphics to be included under this contract. a. System selection/penetration: The operator interface shall allow users to access the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection, or text-based commands. b. Dynamic data displays: Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow values, and status indication shall be shown in their actual respective locations and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator intervention. c. Graphics definition package: Graphic generation software shall be provided to allow the user to add, modify, or delete system graphic displays. 1) This Contractor shall provide libraries of pre-engineered screens and symbols depicting standard air handling unit components (e.g., fans, cooling coils, filters, dampers, etc.), complete mechanical systems (e.g., constant volume-terminal reheat, VAV, etc.) and electrical symbols. 2) The graphic development package shall use a mouse or similar pointing device in conjunction with a drawing program to allow the user to perform the following: -Define symbols. -Position and size symbols. -Define background screens. -Define connecting lines and curves. -Locate, orient, and size descriptive text. -Define and display colors for all elements. -Establish correlation between symbols or text and associated. system points or other displays. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -7 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) 3) Graphic displays can be created to represent any logical grouping of system points or calculated data based upon building function, mechanical system, building layout, or any other logical grouping of points which aids the operator in the analysis of the facility. To accomplish this, the user shall be able to build graphic displays that include point data from multiple application specific controllers. F. VAV/CAV Terminal Unit Control Components: Cost of Mounting 1. Component Furnished By Mounting & Wiring Power Supply Disconnect Switch Mfr. Mfr. Mfr. Damper Actuator Mfr. Mfr. Mfr. Flow Controller Mfr. Mfr. Mfr. Flow Sensing Ring Mfr. Mfr. Mfr. Reheat Valve Body ECC MC MC Reheat Valve Actuator ECC ECC ECC Space Thermostat ECC ECC ECC Discharge Temperature Sensor ECC ECC ECC Misc. Accessories ECC ECC ECC ECC -Environmental Controls Contractor Mfr. -Box Manufacturer (a) -Power Supply by EC as specified 2. Factory testing of components is acceptable as negotiated between ECC and Box Manufacturer, but full operational responsibility rests with ECC who performs final operational testing on job site in company with Test and Balance Contractor. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Instrumentation Mounting: 1. All sensing capillaries on coils shall be rigidly supported as directed by the Architect/Engineer to prevent capillary vibration and to accurately sense coil temperature. 2. All sensors except where installed in finished areas shall have bakelite plates identifying their function keyed to control schematics. 3. Room thermostats, humidistats, and all sensors shall be installed where shown on the Drawings. These components shall not be installed between a light switch and doorway when they are co-located on the Drawings. These components shall be installed at a height of 48" above finished floor to the bottom, unless indicated otherwise. 4. All All controllers and control panels shall utilize mounting support that insures no vibration from the structure or mechanical equipment. Back boxes or backing panels are required ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -8 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) as appropriate. Where walls are plaster or drywall, channels shall be utilized screwed to studs with laminated panel facing to support instruments or control panels; all such assemblies to be crafted to present easy access to controls. Proper engraved identification nameplates are required. 5. ECC is responsible to coordinate with Mechanical, Sheet Metal, and Electrical Contractors the proper location of all air, water, and steam measurements and control components to insure that sizing and locations meet all manufacturer’s standards for maximum accuracy of sensing and control. Instances where piping or duct sizing and location need be modified from what is shown on drawings to achieve required accuracy shall be brought to designer’s attention prior to bidding; failure to so notify designer requires ECC to accommodate required field modifications. 6. All instrument operating assemblies for all controllers, readout components, and safety devices shall be installed at eye level in locations that are easily accessible to maintenance and operating personnel. Locations such as those on remote sides of air handling units or other mechanical systems are not acceptable. B. Electrical Wiring: 1. Under this division, furnish and install interlock, LAN, sensor, and actuator wiring. Connect controls in accordance with approved wiring diagrams. Install wiring inside panels to terminal strips. 2. Configure LAN as either a bus, star, or combination of the two. Use twisted pair, coax, or fiberoptic cable to meet noise immunity and/or distance requirements. Design system for data transfer rate of no less than 1 megabaud. LAN wiring requires shielded cable. All LAN wiring must meet supplier's standards of operation and quality. a. Use Belden No. 22 gage or larger Beldfoil or equal for runs up to 250 feet. b. Use Belden No. 18 gage or larger Beldfoil or equal for for runs 250 feet to 500 feet. c. All input/output wiring shall have sufficient strength to meet all operational requirements. 3. Sensor wiring over 50 feet, where run in a common conduit or near inductive loads, shall be shielded cable. a. Use Belden No. 24 gage or larger Beldfoil or equal for runs up to 100 feet. b. Use Belden No. 18 gage or larger Beldfoil or equal for runs up to 500 feet. c. All input/output wiring shall have sufficient strength to meet all operational requirements. 4. Install all control and interlock wiring in addition to low voltage sensor and LAN wiring in accordance with local requirements, the National Electrical Code and Division 26 of project specifications. 5. Installation minimum requirements: a. Mechanical and service areas plus any areas without finished ceilings: All wiring including cables in EMT. b. Space sensors and alarms: All wiring and cables in EMT within wall construction. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -9 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) c. Ceiling returns (accessible or drop ceilings -ducted returns): Approved nonplenum cable. d. Ceilings (open returns): Approved plenum-rated cable. e. Ceiling returns (non-accessible): EMT or code compliant equal solid conduit. f. Inside air handling units: All wiring including cables in EMT or code compliant equal solid conduit. g. Note that the use of cable is limited to low voltage service less than 24 volt only. h. In no case shall cables be allowed to lay on ceiling grid. i. Note that all conduit junctions and terminations shall utilize compression fittings. j. Installation of all cabling in ceilings and walls shall be run in a professional workmanlike fashion acceptable to Architect/Engineer. Cables to be supported with tie wraps such that droop and sag is within acceptable degrees and shall be securely fastened to fixed members of the building structure at sufficient points to avoid excessive freedom of movement. 6. Grounding: a. Provide suitable grounding for all digital equipment. b. Install a separate ground to earth using existing water piping or a copper rod driven into the ground as indicated by the equipment manufacturer. In no situation may the ground be connected to the building neutral conductors, either at the breaker or at the main feeder entrance to the building (no exceptions). 7. Transient Protection: a. All electronic equipment including processors, relays, monitoring devices, temperature sensors, and other non-computerized solid state equipment will be adequately protected against power line transients or RFI interference. All components to meet IEEE/ANSI standards. b. Equipment that fails to operate properly due to transient or other electrical interference, in the opinion of the Engineer, will be required to be retrofitted with the appropriate protection device(s). c. Provide an isolation transformer as a separate component, on the 110 VAC power supply to the digital controllers to protect all controllers to manufacturer's requirements. 8. All control wiring must be routed in EMT separate from any power feed wiring. 9. The sizing type and provision of cable, conduit, cable trays, and trunking shall be the design responsibility of the ECC. If complications arise, however, due to the incorrect selection of cable, cable trays, trunking, and/or conduit by the ECC, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred in replacing the selected components. 10. Note that any disconnect switches between variable frequency drives and operating motors shall be interlocked such that drive inverter returns to zero position when motor is disconnected. Interlock wiring between disconnect and VFD by EC. Refer to Specifications Sections 262923 and 262816. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -10 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) C. General: 1. Any penetration of an air handling unit enclosure for passage of tubing, conduit, or sensing elements shall be sealed with an appropriate grommet and caulked. 2. Contractor to insure that all instruments requiring reset or field adjustment are mounted with the operating heads located on the exterior of air handling units in positions of ready access. In instances of rooftop assemblies, all such devices to be inside unit enclosures with access via manufacturer's access panels. D. Services: 1. The services of a qualified representative of the Control Contractor shall be provided to check the installation, startup of system and instruct the Owner's maintenance personnel in the care and proper operation of the system. This shall require the Contractor to demonstrate the installed accuracy of all controlled variables as herein detailed, i.e., a. All temperature, pressure, humidity and flow sensors, controllers, alarms, relays, and safety devices. b. All actuators functioning with control loops. All actuators to be demonstrated for complete travel from full open to full closure; all actuators to have 200% power for intended functionality. c. All hardware and software of all DDC controllers and BAS control loops. d. Current sensors to be field calibrated to insure alarm status on loss of electrical power or loss of drive sheaves or belts. e. Other control features installed as part of the contract and as requested by Design Engineer. 2. The Installation and Service Contractor shall provide the Owner with 24 hours of instruction and training. This shall be done as follows: a. Job completion – 16 hours. b. 30 days later – 8 hours. 3. A written report shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer Project Engineer detailing condition and operation of Environmental Control System after target points D.2. (a), (b). E. Warranty: 1. At completion of final test of installation and acceptance by Owner, provide any service incidental to proper performance for a period of 24 months. 2. Warrant equipment for 24 months for defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. During warranty period, replace or repair, free of charge, equipment proven to be defective in workmanship or material. 3. Certain electronic devices not manufactured by the Environmental Control Supplier, such as computers, printers, and CRTs display, shall carry the same warranty as above. Pass any registration and warranty documents and warranty rights to the Owner. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 23 09 01 -11 (ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC/DDC) 4. All valve and damper actuators to carry a warranty of 60 months after project acceptance. Warranty to cover both labor and material without exception. 5. Control Supplier/Engineering Contractor to provide written documentation of availability of repair parts for all material installed under this contract for a period of 60 months after project acceptance. In the event a component is obsolete, it shall be replaced with the new generation at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 23 09 01 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -1 SECTION 23 21 13 -HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping, fittings and joining materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and hydronic specialties for heating water systems; makeup water for these systems; blowdown drain lines; air vent and safety valve piping and condensate drain piping. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Hydronic Pumps" for pumps, motors, and accessories for hydronic piping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve and hydronic specialty indicated. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing for diverting fittings, calibrated balancing valves, and automatic flow-control valves. Indicate materials and joining methods for each piping system in the submittal. Provide a project specific submittal schedule (by terminal unit and equipment tag) for all calibrated balance valves and automatic flow control valves which includes pressure drop and sizing information. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, special pipe support assemblies, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and their attachment to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. Provide pipe coating submittal as required by Section “HVAC Insulation”. C. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -2 D. Maintenance Data: For hydronic specialties and valves (including air control devices, hydronic specialties, expansion tanks and special duty valves) to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. C. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M “Structural Welding Code-Steel”. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of hydronic piping and suspension system components with other construction, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, ductwork, plumbing, firesuppression-system components, and partition assemblies. B. Coordinate pipe fitting pressure classes with products specified in related Sections. C. Coordinate installation of pipe sleeves for penetrations through exterior walls and floor assemblies. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Calibrated Balancing Valves: a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. b. Flow Design, Inc. c. Griswold Controls. d. ITT Bell & Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corp. e. MEPCO. f. Nexus. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -3 g. Preso. h. Taco, Inc. i. Tour and Anderson. 2. Hydronic Accessories (air vents, strainers): a. Amtrol. b. Amstrong Pumps, Inc. c. ITT Bell and Gossett; ITT Fluid Technology Corporation. d. Metraflex. e. Mueller. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. General: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and fitting materials. B. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be selected to be suitable for the following minimum non-shock working pressures and temperatures: 1. Heating water: 125 psig, 225 deg. F 2. Air vent: 125 psig, 225 deg. F C. System components (including valves) shall be rated for no less than that specified herein regardless of maximum working pressures and temperatures listed above. Select components with higher component ratings than those listed herein as required to be suitable for working pressures and temperatures above. Account for system test pressures when selecting component ratings. 2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B). B. Annealed-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A). C. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. D. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. E. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper phosphorous alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. G. Flanges: Cast bronze of same pressure classification as connected piping system. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -4 2.4 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: ASTM A53/A53M or ASTM A106, Type F (furnacebutt welded), Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends. B. Steel Pipe, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 10 (DN 65 through DN 250): ASTM A53/A53M or ASTM A106, Type E (electric-resistance welded), Grade B, Schedule 40, black steel, plain ends. C. Steel Pipe, NPS 12 through NPS 20 (DN 300 through DN 500): ASTM A53/A53M or ASTM A106, Type E (electric-resistance welded) or Type S (seamless), Grade B, Standard weight, black steel, plain ends. D. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black steel; seamless for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and electric-resistance welded for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. E. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125 and 250. F. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300. G. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300. H. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced. I. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. J. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. K. Wrought Cast-and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding or utilize slip-on flanges with multiple pass inner fillet weld radiused up to inside pipe diameter. 3. Facings: Raised face. L. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe being welded. M. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for the chemical and thermal conditions of the fluid to be handled handled and design temperatures and pressures. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -5 2.5 VALVES A. Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in Division 23 Section "Valves." B. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of each valve. C. Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Cast bronze or forged brass body, ball or plug type, minimum 125-psig CWP (860-kPa) working pressure, 250 deg F (121 deg C) maximum operating temperature, TFE or PTFE seats and having threaded ends. Valves shall have calibrated orifice and be full shut off, connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, equipped with setting indication and a memory stop to retain set position, integral points to register degree of valve position and preformed polyurethane insulation cover, and permanently marked direction of flow. Size to pass design flow at 85% of full open position with 12" wg pressure drop and an accuracy of of 5%. Utilize ½” calibrated ball valve line size when there is a choice of the proper flow range in two different body sizes and then utilize ½” by ¾” increases to the coil, control valve, or piping as required. D. Calibrated Balancing Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Cast-iron or steel body, ball, plug, butterfly or globe type, minimum 125-psig CWP (860-kPa) working pressure, 250 deg F (121 deg C) maximum operating temperature, and having flanged connections. Butterfly valves shall be lug style, rated for 100 psig dead end service, 100% positive shutoff seats and seals suitable for the expected service and infinite adjustment (no notches). Valves shall have calibrated orifice or venturi, connections for portable differential pressure meter with integral seals, and be equipped with setting indication and a memory stop to retain set position. Size to pass design flow at 85% of full open position with a maximum 12" wg pressure drop and an accuracy of 5%. 2.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES A. Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150-psig (1035-kPa) working pressure; 225 deg F (107 deg C) operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or thumbscrew; with NPS 1/8 (DN 6) discharge connection and NPS 1/2 (DN 15) inlet connection. B. Automatic Air Vent: Designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150-psig (1035-kPa) working pressure; 240 deg F (116 deg C) operating temperature; with NPS 1/4 (DN 8) discharge connection and NPS 1/2 (DN 15) inlet connection. C. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Threaded Connections: 400-psig (1,725-kPa) working water pressure; cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B) in steel piping, bronze body in copper tubing, threaded connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, No. 20 mesh (1/31” openings), tapped blowoff plug. 2. Flanged Connections: 150-psig and 300-psig working water pressure to match pump construction; cast iron body (ASTM A126, Class B), flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -6 larger, 1/16” mesh through 4” NPS, 1/8” mesh larger than 4” NPS, bolted cover flange with tapered seats, tapped blowoff plug. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Heating Water, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Above ground, use Type L (Type B) drawntemper copper tubing with brazed joints. Below ground or within slabs, use Type K (Type A) annealed-temper copper tubing with brazed joints for sizes 1” through 2”. Use the fewest possible joints below ground and within floor slabs. Tubing shall be 3/4" minimum (including runouts to ½” control valves) unless noted otherwise. Tubing size ¾” only shall be soldered. B. Heating Water, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Standard weight steel pipe with welded and flanged joints or Type L (Type B) drawn temper copper tubing with brazed joints. C. Air Vent Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which air vent is installed. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General-Duty Valve Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following valve types: 1. Shutoff Duty: Ball and butterfly valves. B. Install shutoff duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply connection to each piece of equipment, unless only one piece of equipment is connected in the branch line and branch line is less than 30 lineal feet long. C. Install calibrated balancing valves in the return water line of each heating or cooling element, on constant speed pump discharges, at multiple bank coils, and elsewhere as required to facilitate system balancing. Install calibrated balancing valves at the floor return main connection to a shaft riser where the floor main is 2” NPS and larger. D. Install non-slam, center spring, wafer style dual-plate or globe style check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction. E. Combination type calibrated balance valve consisting of: Strainer, drain valves, pressure/temperature ports, vent, shutoff valve shall be utilized at terminal box reheat coils and only with an additional shutoff valve in addition to the combination balance valve installed. F. Fill, drain, refill, circulate flush and chemically treat piping systems in accordance with Division 23 Section “HVAC Water Treatment”. Before balancing, remove disposable fine mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -7 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping installation requirements including the use of fittings and dielectrics. B. Drawing plans, schematics and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated piping locations and arrangements as such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. H. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 (DN 20) ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 (DN 20) threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. Install a drain on each floor of the building in the heating water system and pipe the drain discharge to housekeeping closet mop sink. I. Install piping at a uniform grade of 1” in 40’-0” upward in direction of non-gravity flow except condensate drain piping shall slope 1/8” in 1’-0” in the direction of discharge. Provide uniform slope on condensate drain piping runs. J. Install solder connections in otherwise all-brazed tubing systems at threaded fitting adapters. K. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up. L. Unless otherwise indicated, install all branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the takeoff coming out the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, install the takeoff coming out the top of the main pipe. Branch connections to terminal units (size ¾” and 1”) shall connect to the main pipe (top, side or bottom) as required for the best accessibility to piped components and terminal unit. M. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, in-line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 (DN 20) nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 (DN 50) and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2 (DN 50). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -8 N. Anchor piping for proper direction of expansion and contraction. O. Maintain manufacturer’s recommended straight pipe upstream and downstream from each flow measuring device installation. P. Unless otherwise indicated, install long radius elbows (radius equals 1.5 times diameter) for iron and steel piping. Q. Install valves according to Division 23 Section “General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping.” R. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to valves at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. T. Install expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors and pipe alignment guides as specified in Division 23 Section “Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping.” U. Identify piping as specified in Division 23 Section Identification Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.” V. Install protective coating on the installed cold service piping if required by Division 23 Section “HVAC Insulation”. W. Paint interior and exterior piping as noted on the drawings and as specified in Division 09 Sections. 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger, support and anchor devices as specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Comply with requirements below for maximum spacing of supports. B. Seismic restraints are specified in Division 23 Section “Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.” C. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for heating water horizontal piping less than NPS 4” (DN100) and all other hydronic piping. 2. Adjustable roller hangers for hot water heating horizontal piping NPS 4” (DN 100) and larger. 3. Pipe Roller (where required): MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping supported on a trapeze. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -9 D. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) – 1 (DN 25): Maximum span, 7 feet (2.1 m); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 2. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): Maximum span, 9 feet (2.7 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3. NPS 2 –3 (DN 80) (DN 50): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 4. NPS 4 (DN-100) –6 (DN 150): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 1/2 inch (13 mm). 5. NPS 8 (DN 200): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 5/8 inch (16 mm). 6. NPS 10 (DN 250): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 3/4 inch (19 mm). 7. NPS 12 (DN 300): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 7/8 inch (22 mm). 8. NPS 14 (DN 350) -16 (DN 400): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 1 inch (25 mm). 9. NPS 18 –20 (DN 450): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). E. Install hangers for drawn-temper copper piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20): Maximum span, 5 feet (1.5 m); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 2. NPS 1 (DN 25) and NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 6 feet (1.8 m); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). 3. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): Maximum span, 8 feet (2.4 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 4. NPS 2 (DN 50): Maximum span, 8 feet (2.4 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 5. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): Maximum span, 9 feet (2.7 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 6. NPS 3 (DN 80): Maximum span, 10 feet (3 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for joint construction requirements for soldered and brazed joints in copper tubing; threaded, welded, and flanged joints in steel piping; and solvent-welded joints for PVC and CPVC piping. 3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install automatic air vents in mechanical equipment rooms only at high points of system piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -10 C. Install strainers on the inlet side of each control valve, pressure reducing or regulating valve and as shown on the Drawings with blowdown piping with ball valve and capped nipple or extend to nearest drain as noted on the Drawings. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Size for supply and return piping connections shall not be smaller than equipment connections. B. Install control valves, venturis, and temperature sensing wells in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install ports for pressure and temperature gages at coil inlet and outlet connections. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release trapped air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of liquid. 3. Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that system is full of water. Submit final air pressure as a field test report. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure noted in Part 2 of this specification. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Isolate pressure vessels (air separators, expansion tanks, heat exchangers, etc.) as appropriate. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13 -11 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 6. Prepare written report of testing. Submit test reports. 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Mark calibrated nameplates of pump discharge valves after hydronic system balancing has been completed, to permanently indicate final balanced position. B. Perform these adjustments before operating the system: 1. Open valves to fully open position. Close coil bypass valves. 2. Check pump for proper direction of rotation. 3. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure. 4. Check air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Check operation of automatic bypass valves. 7. Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to design requirements. 8. Lubricate motors and bearings. 3.10 FINAL SYSTEM CLEANING AND CHECKOUT A. After balancing of the entire system is complete and the system has been run at maximum controlled temperature for eight hours, perform the following: 1. Remove and clean or replace all strainer screens. 2. Operate all manual air vents to remove trapped air. 3. Confirm automatic air vents are functioning. 4. Operate all relief and safety valves. 5. Check system precharge, makeup pressure and relief valve settings. 6. Confirm that all ASME data sheets are provided to the Owner’s maintenance staff. 7. Confirm that water treatment coupon racks and filters are installed. 8. Test and report on glycol percentage, freeze and burst temperatures in all systems containing glycol. 9. Confirm that all reheat valves are fully closed where there is no call for heat at the terminal unit. END OF SECTION 23 21 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -1 SECTION 23 31 13 -METAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal ducts for supply, return, outside, and exhaust air-distribution systems in pressure classes from minus 2-to plus 10-inch wg. Metal ducts include the following: 1. Rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single-wall, round and flat-oval spiral-seam ducts and formed fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. 6. Seismic restraint devices. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Nonmetal Ducts" for fibrous-glass ducts, thermoset FRP ducts, thermoplastic ducts, PVC ducts, and concrete ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "HVAC Casings" for factory-and field-fabricated casings for mechanical equipment. 3. Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 4. Division 23 Section “Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC” for testing, adjusting and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 5. Division 23 Section “Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment” for seismic hazard levels. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select size and type of air-moving and -distribution equipment and other air system components. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -2 B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA’s “HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible” and SMACNA’s “Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems.” C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1. Sealants and gaskets. 2. Seismic restraint devices. B. Shop Drawings: CAD-generated and drawn at minimum 1/4” = 1’-0” scale. Shop drawings shall include the following: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Duct layout indicating sizes and pressure classes. 3. Elevations of top and bottom of ducts along with applicable elevations of structural elements. 4. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 5. Fittings, including details of construction and turning vanes. 6. Reinforcement and spacing. 7. Duct gauge thickness by pressure class. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Duct material type and coatings. 10. Penetrations through fire-rated barrier and partitions and smoke barriers. 11. Equipment installation based on equipment being utilized on this Project. 12. Duct accessories, including access doors and panels. 13. Length of application of acoustic duct liner where it will be applied. 14. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, vibration isolation, and seismic restraints. 15. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 16. Other systems installed in the same space as ducts where order of installation effects access. 17. Ceiling and wall-mounting access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices. 18. Ceiling-mounting items, including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, smoke detectors, sprinklers, access panels, and special moldings. 19. On each drawing, include a tabular listing of each fan system’s ductwork represented on that drawing and the total square foot surface area of each fan’s duct system illustrated on that drawing. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -3 20. Shop drawings shall be submitted prior to the fabrication or installation of the ductwork and serve as the foundation for coordination between the various trades to maintain required ceiling heights. C. Field Test Reports: Written reports of tests specified in Part 3 of this Section. Include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Failed test results and corrective action taken to achieve requirements. D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. Include plumbing, piping, electrical, and other building systems components including, but not limited to, roof drain piping, sanitary piping, plumbing piping, fire protection piping, heating and cooling water piping, condensate drains, steam and condensate return piping, conduit cable tray, electrical pull boxes, etc. 2. Suspended ceiling components (projectors, booms, partitions, etc). 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of access through acoustical ceiling tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinkler heads. e. Access panels. f. Perimeter moldings. g. Sensors. h. Smoke detectors. i. Exit signage. 7. Coordination drawing final submission and sheet metal shop drawing final submission shall occur simultaneously. E. Leak Testing Documentation: Contractor shall submit a written report to the authorities having jurisdiction which documents that 100% of the ducts designed at static pressures in excess of 3” wg. have been leak tested and that the air leakage class is less than 6.0 (see Energy Code). Provide duplicate submittal to the Owner and the Engineer. F. Grease duct light test documentation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel," for hangers and supports, AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code -Aluminum," for aluminum supports, AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel," for hangers and supports. 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code -Aluminum," for aluminum supports. 3. AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. D. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 -"Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 -"Construction and System Start-Up." E. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 -"HVAC System Construction and Insulation." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store all ductwork and associated ductwork components to prevent damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Support all ductwork and associated ductwork components to prevent sagging or bending. C. Provide temporary storage, delivery and handling in accordance with the SMACNA Duct Cleanliness Standard level specified herein. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" and complying with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -5 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure class. 2. Deflection: Duct systems shall not exceed deflection limits according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." 3. Minimum sheet metal gage shall be 24. 4. Utilize radius elbows with centerline radius equal to 1.5 times the width unless specifically shown otherwise on the drawings. 5. Square throat elbows where specifically shown on the drawings shall include turning vanes for all applications (supply, return, exhaust, relief, outdoor air, etc.) except grease hood duct. 6. Utilize SMACNA Figure 4-6, 45 degree entry branch connections with a minimum “L” dimension of six inches or one quarter of “W” whichever is greater. B. Transverse Joints: Prefabricated slide-on joints and components constructed using manufacturer's guidelines for material thickness, reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcement, or roll formed flange connection system TDC or TDF according to “SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible” maximum 24” long duct section whenever any side exceeds 96 inches. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Nexus Inc. c. Ward Industries, Inc. C. Formed-On Flanges: Construct according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, using corner, bolt, cleat, and gasket details. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ductmate Industries, Inc. b. Lockformer. 2. Duct Size: Maximum 30 inches wide and up to 2-inch wg pressure class. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Pittsburgh lock sealed with non-curing polymer sealant. D. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of non-braced panel area unless ducts are lined. Cross break or cross bead all pressure class duct even where SMACNA Figure 2-9 says you do not need to. 2.2 SINGLE WALL, ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL, SPIRAL-SEAM DUCTS AND FORMED FITTINGS A. Diameter as applied to flat-oval ducts in this Article is the diameter of a round duct with a circumference equal to the perimeter of a given size of flat-oval duct. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -6 B. Round, Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC DUCT Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible." 1. Minimum sheet metal gage shall be 24. 2. Mechanically fasten ducts by means of at least three sheet metal screws spaced in approximately uniform intervals along the circumference of the ducts. C. Flat-Oval, Spiral Lock-Seam Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible." Fabricate ducts larger than 72 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 1. Manufacturers: a. Eastern Sheet Metal. b. Foremost. c. JTD Spiral. d. LaPine. e. Lindab, Inc. f. McGill Airflow LLC. g. SEMCO Incorporated. D. Duct Joints: 1. Ducts up to 20 Inches in Diameter: Interior, center-beaded slip coupling, sealed before and after fastening, attached with sheet metal screws. 2. Ducts 21 to 72 Inches in diameter: Three-piece, gasketed, flanged joint consisting of two internal flanges with sealant and one external closure band with gasket. 3. Ducts Larger Than 72 Inches in Diameter: Companion angle flanged joints per SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2. 4. Round Ducts (Optional): Prefabricated connection system consisting of double-lipped, EPDM rubber gasket. Manufacture ducts according to connection system manufacturer's tolerances. a. Manufacturers: 1) Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2) Lindab Inc. 5. Flat-Oval Ducts: Prefabricated connection system consisting of two flanges and one synthetic rubber gasket. a. Manufacturers: 1) Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2) Lindab, Inc. 3) McGill Airflow LLC 4) SEMCO. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -7 E. Conical Tees, 90-Degree Tees, 45-Degree Laterals, Bellmouths and 45-Degree Entry Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal-seam straight ducts. F. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with reduced entrance to branch taps and with no excess material projecting from fitting onto branch tap entrance. G. Fabricate elbows using die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Centerline bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows shall be 1-1/2 times duct diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows: 1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. 2. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for pressure classes from 2-to 10-inch wg: a. Ducts 3 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch. b. Ducts 27 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch. c. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 0.052 inch. d. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 0.064 inch. 3. Flat-Oval Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with same metal thickness as longitudinal-seam flat-oval duct. 4. 90-Degree, 2-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems or for materialhandling Class A or B exhaust systems and only where space restrictions do not permit using radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning vanes. 5. Round Elbows 8 Inches and Less in Diameter: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45-and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction. 6. Round Elbows 9 through 14 Inches in Diameter: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 40, 45, 60, and 90 degrees unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configurations or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction. 7. Round Elbows Larger than 14 Inches in Diameter and All Flat-Oval Elbows: Fabricate gored elbows unless space restrictions require mitered elbows. 8. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches in Diameter and All Pressures 0.040 inch thick with 2-piece welded construction. 9. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow fittings specified above. 10. Flat-Oval Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as longitudinal-seam flat-oval duct specified above. 11. Pleated Elbows for Sizes through 14 Inches in Diameter and Pressures through 10-Inch wg: 0.022 inch. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -8 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods, unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M and having G60 coating designation (G90, if exterior duct); ducts shall have mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view. C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A, 1008/M; commercial quality; with oiled, matte finish for exposed ducts. D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. Aluminum reinforcement where installed on aluminum ducts. E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. Aluminum material for aluminum ducts. 2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics. B. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: Flexible, adhesive sealant, resistant to UV light when cured, UL 723 listed, and complying with NFPA requirements for Class 1 ducts. C. Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, non-sag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. D. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). E. Exterior duct sealants shall be marketed specifically as forming a positive air and watertight seal, bonding well to the metal, remaining flexible with metal movement, having a service temperature range range of -30 deg F to 175 deg F, be ultraviolet ray and ozone resistant. F. Flanged Joint Sealant: Single component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. G. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -9 H. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg (0.14 L/s per sq. m at 250 Pa) and shall be rated for 10-inch wg (2500-Pa) static pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 4. Provide additional sealant for ductwork of 2” wg pressure class or greater. 5. Install screw attachments, 12” on center at gasketed joints. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners. B. Hanger Rods for Non-Corrosive Environments: Cadmium plated steel rods and nuts. C. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electro-galvanized, all thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. D. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA’s “HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible,” Table 4-1 (Table 4-1M), “Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size,” and Table 4-2, “Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct.” E. Steel Cables for Galvanized Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger services with an automatic locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. 3. Strut type trapeze supports shall be minimum 14 gauge. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -10 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT APPLICATIONS A. Static-Pressure Classes: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts according to the following: 1. Supply Ducts (before Air Terminal Units): 4-inch wg. 2. Supply Ducts (after Air Terminal Units): 1-inch wg. 3. Return Ducts (above ceiling): 2-inch wg. 4. General Exhaust Ducts (Negative Pressure): 2-inch wg. 3.2 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Construct and install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated. B. Install round and flat-oval ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet unless interrupted by fittings. C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. D. Cable hangers may only be used on low pressure (2” wg construction and lower) round spiral ductwork which is not insulated and has a diameter of 10” or less. Utilize the double lock method such that the lower loop is cinched tight to to the ductwork and the cable is vertical. Utilize manufacturer’s top attachment device. E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, size, and shape and for connections. F. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. Secure couplings with sheet metal screws. Install screws at maximum intervals of 12 inches, with a minimum of 3 screws in each round metallic duct coupling. G. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. H. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. I. Install ducts with a minimum clearance of 2 inches, plus allowance for insulation thickness, to all components. J. Install ductwork takeoffs at smoke dampers such that there is a minimum of 24” between the damper and the start of the first takeoff. K. Low pressure ductwork shall extend a minimum of 9 inches beyond last diffuser takeoff. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -11 L. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless specifically indicated. M. Do not penetrate ducts with conduit or piping. Provide SMACNA Figure E obstruction fitting where structural members are shown penetrating ductwork. N. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire-and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, smoke partition rated walls and similar finished work allowing for proper maintenance and installation. O. Seal all joints and seams. Apply sealant to male end connectors before insertion, and afterward to cover entire joint and sheet metal screws. P. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Do not route duct over motor control centers or panelboard. Q. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap openings on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. R. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." S. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to withstand, without damage to equipment, seismic force required by applicable building codes. Refer to SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." T. Protect duct interiors from the elements and foreign materials until the building envelope is fully enclosed and all dust producing activities are complete. Follow SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction," intermediate level for all AHU systems. 3.3 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints of all ductwork according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" to meet seal Class A requirements. Supply ducts after terminal units shall be sealed to meet seal Class B requirements. B. Seal ducts before external insulation is applied. C. Do not utilize pressure sensitive tapes to externally seal ductwork. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -12 3.4 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. B. Support vertical ducts at maximum intervals of 16 feet and at each floor. C. Utilize trapeze hangers for all ductwork greater than 48” in width. D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load. E. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. F. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 1. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregat e concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. G. Install flexible duct hanger at least once per segment such that each flexible duct is supported a minimum of three times, counting the two end connections. Support at intervals no greater than 5 feet. Maximum permissible sag is 0.5 inch per foot of spacing between supports. A connection to another duct or to equipment at each end is considered a support point. Flexible duct hangers shall be at least 1.0” wide. 3.5 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Seismic restraints are specified in Division 23 Section “Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.” B. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." Requirements of the Seismic Restraint Manual may require closer spacing than the maximums described here. 1. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 2. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). C. Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads. D. Install cables so they do do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. E. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -13 F. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. G. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to concrete members. H. Drilling for and Setting Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items during drilling. Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel anchors for applications exposed to weather. 3.6 PAINTING A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" and prepare test reports: 1. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -14 2. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classes are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. 3. All supply ductwork from fan or AHU outlet to the inlet of every terminal unit or reheat coil shall be tested. The terminal unit and all ductwork downstream of the terminal unit shall not be tested. All return and exhaust ductwork shall be tested from the fan to the end of the branch to every grille. Do not test flexible ductwork. 4. Maximum Allowable Leakage: a. In accordance with the following total leakage quantity limitations, provide a leakage per square foot of ductwork for each fan or AHU to meet the following requirements: 1) Allowable Leakage, Supply Duct: 1.0 percent of total scheduled supply fan design airflow. 2) Allowable Leakage, Return, Outside Air and Relief Air Duct: 5.0 percent of total scheduled applicable fan design airflow. 3) Allowable Leakage, General Exhaust Duct: 5.0 percent of total scheduled general exhaust fan design airflow. 4) Allowable Leakage, Laboratory Exhaust Duct: 2.0 percent of total lab exhaust scheduled fan design airflow. Do not include redundant fan airflow capacity in system total. 5) Allowable Leakage, Welded Duct: No measureable leakage. 6) Contractor shall identify fan or AHU total scheduled fan airflow, surface area of ductwork to be tested, total duct surface area of the fan or AHU system and location of ductwork prior to testing. All testing shall be witnessed, documented, and submitted by persons other than the Sheet Metal Contractor. Document individual test sections, test pressure, orifice size, pressure drop across orifice, surface area of ductwork to be tested, and measured leakage for each section tested. Summarize total leakage by fan or AHU system. 7) Submit handwritten field test reports within two business days of the individual test date. Do not proceed with insulating ductwork until the test report demonstrating acceptable leakage has been submitted and processed by the Architect. Include a running total leakage summary on each individual test submission that includes total system surface area, total system leakage allowed, individual test surface area and individual test measured results. B. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner and/or the Engineer, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 METAL DUCTS 23 31 13 -15 a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm. C. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass leakage and cleanliness tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 23 31 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -1 SECTION 23 33 00 -AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Fire dampers. 3. Combination fire and smoke dampers. 4. Turning vanes. 5. Duct-mounted access doors. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Flexible ducts. 8. Duct accessory hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Gravity Ventilators" for roof-mounted ventilator caps. 2. Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" for duct-mounted fire and smoke detectors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings. 2. For fire dampers, smoke dampers and fire/smoke dampers, provide pressure drop at 1000 fpm, 1500 fpm and at 2000 fpm. 3. For flexible air ducts, indicate R value. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -2 B. Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work. 1. Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a. Special fittings. b. Manual volume damper installations. c. Control damper installations. d. Fire-damper, smoke-damper, combination fire-and smoke-damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators. e. Duct security bars. f. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 2. Detailed fire damper, smoke damper, combination fire and smoke damper installation requirements which incorporate manufacturer’s and UL listing requirements for opening size, stud construction, opening framing and other required construction features. C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceiling-mounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved. D. Source quality-control reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. F. Acceptance Test Reports: Perform and submit NFPA 90A acceptance test reports for each fire damper and fire/smoke damper. Acceptance test demonstrating removal and reinstallation of fusible links shall be completed after all above ceiling installations are complete to confirm acceptable access. Submit acceptance test report prior to occupancy of the building. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. C. Perform NFPA 90A acceptance tests and document results. Replace fusible links at the completion of acceptance tests. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -3 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90 (Z275). 2. Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. C. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2 finish for concealed ducts and No. 3 finish for exposed ducts. D. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, Temper H14; with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard, 1-side bright finish for exposed ducts. E. Extruded Aluminum: Comply with ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063, Temper T6. F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch (6-mm) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). 2.2 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. c. Cesco. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -4 d. Greenheck. e. Lindab. f. METALAIRE, Inc. g. Nailor Industries Inc. h. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. i. Ruskin Company. j. Vent Products Company, Inc. 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Hat-shaped, galvanized-steel channels, 0.052-inch minimum thickness. b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. d. Maximum size 12” X 12”. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. b. Parallel-or opposed-blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized-steel, 0.040-inch thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Molded synthetic. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg (750 Pa) or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 9. Pressure classes of 3-inch w.g. or higher or 14” X 14” and larger duct size: a. Multiple opposed blade design. b. End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. c. Suitable for 2000 fpm velocity at the width and height required. d. Jackshaft to operate multi-section dampers from one side. e. Locking hand quadrant and 2” stand-off mounting bracket. 10. Provide stainless and aluminum dampers where dampers are shown in stainless or aluminum ductwork. B. Jackshaft: 1. Size: 1-inch (25-mm) diameter. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -5 2. Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper assemblies. 3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple-damper assembly. C. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-(2.4-mm-) thick zincplated steel, and a 3/4-inch (19-mm) hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting for all pressure class dampers (including low pressure run-outs to diffusers. No bent handles). 2.3 FIRE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Nailor Industries Inc. 5. NCA Manufacturing, Inc. 6. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 7. Prefco; Perfect Air Control, Inc. 8. Ruskin Company. 9. Vent Products Company, Inc. 10. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Type: Dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg (1-kPa) static pressure class and minimum 2000 fpm velocity. D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours as required. E. Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch (1.3 or 3.5 mm) thick, as indicated, and of length to suit application. 2. Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -6 3. Provide non-breakaway style, seal welded sleeve where the ductwork system is welded. G. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. H. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors. 1. Provide double wall airfoil blades for multiple segment dampers. I. Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring. J. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F (74 deg C) or 212 deg F (100 deg C) rated, fusible links. K. Provide 304 stainless steel frame, blades, bearings, jamb seals, axle and linkage for dampers installed within stainless steel duct systems. 2.4 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4. Nailor Industries Inc. 5. Ruskin Company. 6. Vent Products. B. Type: Dynamic; rated and labeled according to UL 555 and UL 555S by an NRTL. C. Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg (1-kPa) static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm velocity. D. Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours as required. E. Frame: Multiple-blade type; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F. Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F (74 deg C) or 212 deg F (100 deg C) rated, fusible links as required. G. Heat-Responsive Device: Pneumatic resettable link and switch package, factory installed, rated. H. Smoke Detector: By fire alarm provider, duct mounted. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -7 I. Blades: Interlocking, minimum 0.034-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel. 1. Provide double wall airfoil shaped blades. 2. Blade edge seals. J. Leakage: Class I, bi-directional. K. Rated pressure and velocity to exceed design airflow conditions, minimum 2000 fpm and 4-inch water gauge at 250 degrees F. L. Mounting Sleeve: Factory-installed, 0.052-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel; length to suit wall or floor application with factory-furnished UL listed silicone caulking. M. Damper Motors: Two-position action. N. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and Division 26 Sections. 3. Permanent-Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Motors: With oil-immersed and sealed gear trains. 4. Spring-Return Motors: Equip with an integral spiral-spring mechanism where indicated. Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or adjustments. Size for running torque rating of 150 in. x lbf (17 N x m) and breakaway torque rating of 150 in. x lbf (17 N x m). 5. Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outdoor-Air Intakes: Equip with O-ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof. Equip motors with internal heaters to permit normal operation at minus 40 deg F (minus 40 deg C). 6. Electrical Connection: 115 V, single phase, 60 Hz. 7. Electrical Disconnect: Provide toggle switch non-fused disconnect mounted to damper frame. O. Pneumatic Actuator: 1. Large enough to function at a differential pressure equal to the ductwork construction in inches. 2. Utilize 20 psig control air. P. Accessories: 1. Auxiliary switches for position indication. 2. Momentary test switch, damper or remote mounted. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -8 2.5 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. METALAIRE, Inc. 4. SEMCO Incorporated. 5. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. C. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." D. Vane Construction: Double wall. 2.6 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Balance. 2. American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3. Cesco Products; a division of Mestek, Inc. 4. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 5. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 6. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 7. Kees. 8. Nailor Industries Inc. 9. Pottorff; a division of PCI Industries, Inc. 10. Ruskin. 11. Ventfabrics, Inc. 12. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 2-11, "Access Panels -Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -9 c. Hinges and Latches: Piano hinge and cam latches with safety chain. d. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. e. Access doors for ductwork pressure class 3-inch or greater shall include a 1” frame flange for duct mounting (access doors for ductwork pressure class 2-inch and less may be bent over tabs and foam gasketing). 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches (300 mm) Square: One hinge and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches (460 mm) Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches (600 by 1200 mm): Three hinges and two compression latches. d. Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches (600 by 1200 mm): Four hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 2.7 DUCT ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Flame Gard, Inc. 3. 3M. B. Labeled according to UL 1978 by an NRTL. C. Panel and Frame: Minimum thickness 0.0528-inch (1.3-mm) carbon or 0.0428-inch (1.1-mm) stainless steel. D. Fasteners: Stainless steel. Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall. E. Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96; grease-tight, high-temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 2000 deg F (1093 deg C). F. Minimum Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg (2500 Pa), positive or negative. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -10 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch-(70-mm-) wide, 0.028-inch-(0.7-mm-) thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-(0.8-mm-) thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd. (880 g/sq. m). 2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch (84 N/mm) in the warp and 360 lbf/inch (63 N/mm) in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C). F. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch (6-mm) movement at start and stop. 2.9 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2. McGill AirFlow LLC. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -11 B. Low Pressure Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply polymer film supported by helically wound, spring galvanized steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; black polyethylene fire retardant vapor-barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating and Operating Pressure: 4-inch wg positive and 0.5-inch wg negative. 2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 175 deg F. 4. Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, minimum R-6. C. High Pressure Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply polymer film supported by helically wound, spring galvanized steel wire; fibrous glass insulation, black polyethylene fire retardant vapor barrier film. 1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 2-inch wg negative. 2. Operating Pressure: 6-inch wg positive pressure and 2-inch wg negative minimum all duct sizes. 3. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 175 deg. F. 5. Insulation R-Value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, minimum R-6. D. Flexible Duct Connectors: 1. Clamps: Nylon strap in sizes 3 through 18 inches (75 through 460 mm), to suit duct size. 2.10 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -12 C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install fire and smoke dampers according to UL listing written installation instructions. Install manufacturer’s UL listed optional sealant around the full perimeter of the angle on both sides of the wall. G. Connect ducts to duct silencers rigidly. H. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Upstream and downstream from duct filters. 3. At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 4. At drain pans and seals. 5. Downstream from control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. 6. Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links or to clean duct detectors. 7. Control devices requiring inspection, specifically humidity sensors, airflow sensors and pressure sensors. 8. Elsewhere as indicated. Note that not all access doors required may be indicated on the drawings. Provide in bid to provide and install access doors as specified in addition to those shown on the drawings. I. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. J. Install external angle duct reinforcement across the long side of the duct at each access door which is greater than 14” in dimension. K. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. L. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment supported by vibration isolators. M. For fans developing static pressures of 5-inch wg (1250 Pa) and more, cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -13 N. Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly or with maximum 12-inch (300-mm) lengths of flexible duct. Do not use flexible ducts to change directions. O. Connect light troffer boots with maximum 60-inch (1500-mm) lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place. P. Connect diffusers to ducts with maximum 96-inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place unless indicated length differs on drawings. Q. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands. R. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. S. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch (6-mm) movement during start and stop of fans. T. Utilize high pressure flexible duct on the inlet of supply terminal units where the use of flexible duct duct is indicated on the drawings. Utilize high pressure flexible duct on the discharge side of exhaust valves where the use of flexible duct is indicated on the drawings. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5. Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. 6. Adjust pressure relief doors for relief setting. B. NFPA 90A Acceptance Testing: 1. Perform NFPA 90A acceptance testing for each fire damper and each fire/smoke damper. 2. Acceptance test demonstrating removal and reinstallation of fusible links shall be completed only after all above ceiling installations are complete to confirm acceptable access. 3. Relocate the work of any trade which does not provide for required maintenance access to fusible links. See Division 23 Section “Common Work Results for HVAC” coordination requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 -14 4. Submit acceptance test report results prior to occupancy of the building. END OF SECTION 23 33 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -1 SECTION 23 36 00 -AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single-duct air terminal units. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products, including rated capacities, furnished specialties, sound-power ratings, and accessories. 1. Air terminal units. 2. Liners and adhesives. 3. Sealants and gaskets. B. Shop Drawings: For air terminal units. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 3. Liner information including thicknesses, method of joining and materials. 4. Heating coil performance data at the scheduled parameters for each terminal unit scheduled. In the absence of scheduled parameters, provide both of the following for each terminal unit: a. Leaving water temperature, leaving air temperature and Btu/h at the minimum cfm scheduled, with the gpm scheduled and an entering air temperature of 52 deg. F and an entering water temperature of 180 deg. F. b. For terminal units where the scheduled minimum airflow is equal to the scheduled maximum airflow, provide an additional submittal in addition to the above except with the entering water temperature equal to 120 deg. F. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -2 5. Discharge and radiated sound power for each terminal unit. Provide radiated sound power value referenced to 1.0 picowatt at a inlet static pressure of 2.0 inches water gauge and an air side pressure drop of 1.5 inches water gauge. Include ARI environmental adjustment factor and 10 dB of room absorption in the submitted values. 6. Leakage information, in cfm, at 3” w.g. across the fully closed damper. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air terminal units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 -"Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 -"Construction and System Start-Up." 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fan-Powered-Unit Filters: Furnish one spare filter(s) for each filter installed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Anemostat. 2. Nailor. 3. Price. 4. Titus. 5. Tuttle and Bailey. 2.2 SINGLE-DUCT AIR TERMINAL UNITS A. Configuration: Volume-damper assembly inside unit casing with control components inside a protective metal shroud. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -3 B. Casing: 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) steel wall. 1. Casing Lining: Adhesive attached, 3/4-inch-(19-mm-) thick, polyurethane closed cell foam insulation complying with UL 181 erosion requirements, and having a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50, for both insulation and adhesive, when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2. Air Inlet: Round stub connection or S-slip and drive connections for duct attachment. 3. Air Outlet: S-slip and drive connections. 4. Access: Removable panels for access to parts requiring service, adjustment, or maintenance; with airtight gasket. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 6. Hanging Tabs: For supporting terminal units. C. Volume Damper: Galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self-lubricating bearings. 1. Maximum Damper Leakage: ARI 880 rated, tested in accordance with ASHRAE 130, 2 percent of nominal airflow at 3-inch wg (750-Pa) inlet static pressure with damper in fully closed position. 2. Damper Position: Normally open. D. Hydronic Coils: Minimum two row, copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm), and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig (1380 kPa) and a maximum entering-water temperature of 220 deg F (104 deg C), factory installed. Include manual air vent and drain valve. E. Velocity Sensors: Multi-point array with velocity pressure sensing. 1. Flow sensing: Integral center averaging flow ring to afford velocity pressure measurement of air volume within 2% accuracy. F. Controls: Refer to Division 23 Section “Environmental Control System” for control devices installed on all terminals. 1. Mount all controls components within a control panel enclosure with a removable cover. Panel shall be NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Factory mount controls with a single point electrical connection. 3. Provide and wire a non-fused disconnect switch. 4. Utilize terminal strips and wiring terminations sized according to NFPA 70. 5. Pneumatic controller: Accommodate direct and reverse acting thermostats, normally open or normally closed damper position and have the ability to adjust span and reset start point. 6. Pneumatic actuator: Actuator to be sized to provide full damper shutoff at design (before air terminal unit) system static pressure. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -4 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Non-corrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electro-galvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. C. Steel Cables: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603 or stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. D. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. E. Air Terminal Unit Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. Utilize hanging tabs rather than penetrating casing. Allow for removal of control enclosure when hanging. F. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes and plates for units with steel casings; aluminum for units with aluminum casings. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test assembled air terminal units according to ARI 880. 1. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, maximum and minimum factory-set airflows, coil type, and ARI certification seal. B. Factory Calibration: Provide factory calibration of minimum and maximum airflow settings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install air terminal units according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." B. Install air terminal units level and plumb. Maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance. C. Install all air terminals such that the top of each air terminal is no more than 36” above the finished ceiling. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -5 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes and for slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes and for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel channel supports. D. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to air terminal unit to allow service and maintenance. B. Hot-Water Piping: In addition to requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping," connect heating coils to supply with shutoff valve, strainer, test port, and union; and to return with control valve, balancing valve, and union. Clarify potential discrepancies with piping connection details prior to submitting a bid. C. Connect ducts to air terminal units according to Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" or Division 23 Section "Nonmetal Ducts." Provide duct transitions where unit inlet size and duct runout size are different, see terminal unit detail. D. Make connections to air terminal units with flexible connectors complying with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." See terminal unit detail for restrictions. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Label each air terminal unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum factory-set airflows. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for equipment labels and warning signs and labels. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 23 36 00 -6 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing air terminal units and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Leak Test: After installation, fill water coils and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Air terminal unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain air terminal units. END OF SECTION 23 36 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 37 13 -1 SECTION 23 37 13 -DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes ceiling and wall mounted diffusers, registers and grilles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section "Louvers and Vents" for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents, whether or not they are connected to ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volumecontrol dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheets: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; performance data including horizontal throw and vertical drop, total pressure and staticpressure drop, and noise ratings. Include all assumptions utilized for noise ratings. Indicate thermal insulation and acoustic insulation provided with materials information. Indicate mounting type. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 3. Color chips: Where custom colors are required. 4. Techzone compatibility statement: Where Armstrong TechZone ceiling system compatibility is required. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 37 13 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Anemostat Products; a Mestek company. 2. Donco. 3. Nailor Industries Inc. 4. Price Industries. 5. Titus. B. See drawing schedules, plans and details for required materials, finishes, style, sizes, pattern, performance and accessories. 1. Internal insulation of slot diffuser plenums is not allowed. All slot diffuser plenums shall be externally insulated. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 37 13 -3 C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. D. Do not modify slot diffuser plenums nor penetrate slot diffuser plenums for piping or conduit interferences. E. Do not install diffuser neck mounted dampers, except where specifically scheduled as such. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 23 37 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 CONVECTORS 23 82 33 -1 SECTION 23 82 33 -CONVECTORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Electric finned-tube radiators. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Details of custom-fabricated enclosures indicating dimensions. 3. Location and size of each field connection. 4. Location and arrangement of piping valves and specialties. 5. 5. Location and arrangement of integral controls. 6. Enclosure joints, corner pieces, access doors, and other accessories. 7. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members, including wall construction, to which convection units will be attached. 2. Method of attaching convection units to building structure. 3. Penetrations of fire-rated wall and floor assemblies. 4. Pipe and conduit routing through floors, walls, and structure. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 CONVECTORS 23 82 33 -2 D. Color Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. E. Color Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. F. Field quality-control test reports. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For convection heating units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRIC FINNED-TUBE RADIATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Berko Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 2. Chromalox; a division of Emerson Electric Company. 3. Indeeco. 4. Markel Products; a division of TPI Corporation. 5. Marley Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 6. Qmark Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. B. Description: Factory-packaged units constructed according to UL 499, UL 1030, and UL 2021. C. Heating Elements: Nickel-chromium-wire heating element enclosed in metallic sheath mechanically bonded into fins, with high-temperature cutout and sensor running the full length of the element. Element supports shall eliminate thermal expansion noise. D. Rust-Resistant Front Panel: Minimum 0.052-inch-(1.3-mm-) thick ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 galvanized steel. E. Wall-Mounting Back Panel: Minimum 0.0329-inch-(0.85-mm-) thick steel, full height, with full-length channel support for front panel without exposed fasteners. F. Floor-Mounting Pedestals: Conceal conduit for power and control wiring at maximum 36-inch (914-mm) spacing. Pedestal-mounting back panel shall be solid panel matching front panel. Provide leveling legs. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 CONVECTORS 23 82 33 -3 G. Support Brackets: Locate at maximum 36-inch (914-mm) spacing to support front panel and element. H. Finish: Baked-enamel finish in manufacturer's custom color as selected by Architect. I. Damper: Knob-operated internal damper at enclosure outlet. J. Access Doors: Factory made, permanently hinged with tamper-resistant fastener, minimum size 6 by 7 inches (150 by 175 mm), integral with enclosure. K. Enclosure Style: Flat top. 1. Front Inlet Grille: Punched louver; painted to match enclosure. 2. Front Inlet Grille: Extruded-aluminum linear bar grille; pencil-proof bar spacing. a. Mill-finish aluminum. b. Anodized finish color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. c. Painted to match enclosure. 3. Top Outlet Grille: Extruded-aluminum linear bar grille; pencil-proof bar spacing. a. Mill-finish aluminum. b. Anodized finish color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. c. Painted to match enclosure. 4. Enclosure Height: 5-1/2 inches. 5. Enclosure Depth: 3-1/2 inches. L. Unit Controls: Integral line-voltage thermostat with minimum range of 60 to 90 deg F (15 to 32 deg C). M. Accessories: Integral disconnect switch, filler sections, corners, relay sections, and splice plates all matching the enclosure and grille finishes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive convection heating units for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical connections to verify actual locations before convection heating unit installation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 CONVECTORS 23 82 33 -4 C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FINNED-TUBE RADIATOR INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install finned-tube radiators according to Guide 2000 -Residential Hydronic Heating. C. Install enclosure continuously around corners, using outside and inside corner fittings. D. Join sections with splice plates and filler pieces to provide continuous enclosure. E. Install access doors for access to valves. F. Install enclosure continuously from wall to wall. Center heating elements under window. G. Terminate enclosures with manufacturer's end caps, except where enclosures are indicated to extend to adjoining walls. H. Install valves within reach of access door provided in enclosure. I. Install air-seal gasket between wall and recessing flanges or front cover of fully recessed unit. J. Install piping within pedestals for freestanding units. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install control valves as required by Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." B. Ground electric convection heating units according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper convection heating unit operation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 CONVECTORS 23 82 33 -5 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove and replace convection heating units that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 23 82 33 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -1 SECTION 23 82 39 -UNIT HEATERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cabinet unit heaters with centrifugal fans and hot-water coils. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. B. CWP: Cold working pressure. C. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethy lene plastic. D. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories for each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Location and size of each field connection. 3. Details of anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. 4. Equipment schedules to include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 5. Location and arrangement of piping valves and specialties. 6. Location and arrangement of integral controls. 7. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -2 C. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which unit heaters will be attached. 3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Items penetrating finished ceiling, including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. 6. Perimeter moldings for exposed or partially exposed cabinets. D. Samples for Initial Selection: Finish colors for units with factory-applied color finishes. E. Samples for Verification: Finish colors for each type of cabinet unit heater and wall and ceiling heaters indicated with factory-applied color finishes. F. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that cabinet unit heaters, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. G. Field quality-control test reports. H. Operation and Maintenance Data: For cabinet unit heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -3 B. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 -"Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 -"Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6 -"Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Cabinet Unit Heater Filters: Furnish two spare filter(s) for each filter installed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CABINET UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Airtherm; a Mestek Company. 2. Berko Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 3. Carrier Corporation. 4. Chromalox, Inc.; a division of Emerson Electric Electric Company. 5. Dunham-Bush, Inc. 6. Indeeco. 7. International Environmental Corporation. 8. Markel Products; a division of TPI Corporation. 9. Marley Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 10. QMark Electric Heating; a division of Marley Engineered Products. 11. Rosemex Products. 12. Sterling. 13. Trane. B. Description: A factory-assembled and -tested unit complying with ARI 440. C. Coil Section Insulation: ASTM C 1071; surfaces exposed to airstream shall be aluminum-foil facing to prevent erosion of glass fibers. 1. Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. at 75 deg F (0.037 W/m x K at 24 deg C) mean temperature. 3. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -4 4. Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916 and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 5. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. D. Filters: Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1 and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1. Glass Fiber Treated with Adhesive: 80 percent arrestance and 5 MERV. 2. Pleated: 90 percent arrestance and 7 MERV. 3. Cleanable aluminum mesh media, 1/2-inch thick. E. Hot-Water Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer than 0.1 inch (2.5 mm) and rated for a minimum working pressure of 200 psig (1378 kPa) and a maximum entering-water temperature of 220 deg F (104 deg C). Include manual air vent and drain. F. Fan and Motor Board: Removable. 1. Fan: Forward curved, high static, double width, centrifugal; directly connected to motor. Thermoplastic or painted-steel wheels, and aluminum, painted-steel, or galvanized-steel fan scrolls. 2. Motor: Permanently lubricated, multi-speed; resiliently mounted on motor board. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 3. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection. 4. Provide motor fusing for fans in units with electric heat. G. Basic Unit Controls: 1. Control voltage transformer. 2. Unit-mounted thermostat/sensor with the following features. a. Heat-off switch. b. Fan on-auto switch. c. Manual fan speed switch, three speed, unit mounted and wired. d. Adjustable deadband. e. Concealed set point. f. Concealed indication. g. Deg F (Deg C) indication. h. Two pole thermostat with an OFF position on the detail. 3. Unoccupied period override push button. H. BAS Interface Requirements: 1. Interface relay for scheduled operation. 2. Interface relay to provide indication of fault at central workstation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -5 3. Interface shall be compatible for central BAS workstation and include the following functions: a. Adjust set points. b. Cabinet unit heater start, stop, and operating status. c. Data inquiry, including supply-air and room-air temperature. d. Occupied and unoccupied schedules. I. Electrical Connection: Factory wire motors and controls for a single point electrical connection to power source. Provide factory mounted non-fused disconnect switch. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive unit heaters for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing-in for piping and electrical connections to verify actual locations before unit heater installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wall boxes in finished wall assembly; seal and weatherproof. Joint-sealant materials and applications are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." B. Install cabinet unit heaters to comply with NFPA 90A. C. Install propeller unit heaters level and plumb. D. Suspend cabinet unit heaters from structure with elastomeric hangers and seismic restraints. Vibration isolators and seismic restraints are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." E. Suspend propeller unit heaters from structure with all-thread hanger rods and spring hangers. Hanger rods and attachments to structure are specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Vibration hangers are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." F. Install wall-mounting thermostats and switch controls in electrical outlet boxes at heights to match lighting controls. Verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -6 G. Install new filters in each fan-coil unit within two weeks of Substantial Completion. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to cabinet unit heater's factory, hot-water piping package. Install the piping package if shipped loose. D. Connect supply and return ducts to cabinet unit heaters with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." E. Comply with safety requirements in UL 1995. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install union and gate or ball valve on supply-water connection and union and calibrated balancing valve on return-water connection of unit heater. Hydronic specialties are specified in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." G. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." H. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust initial temperature set points. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 UNIT HEATERS 23 82 39 -7 B. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain cabinet unit heaters. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 23 82 39 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -1 SECTION 26 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electrical installation requirements. 6. Electrical demolition. 7. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended used. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Include in the Work, as a part of the Bid Proposal, labor, materials, services, apparatus, drawings (in addition to the Contract Documents) as required to complete the intended work. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -2 D. Work for the Project must be performed in accordance with Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Codes, Rules and Regulations, pertaining to the Work which are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents by reference, the same as if repeated herein in their entity. Where Contract Documents exceed these requirements, the Contract Documents shall govern. In no case shall Work be installed contrary to or below the minimum legal standards. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -3 b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -4 D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting 2”-3” extending out of both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." J. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. K. Above Ground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using cast-iron pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -5 L. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 2 for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. C. Accessible Work: 1. Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety. D. Abandoned Work: 1. Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches (50 mm) below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish. E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect and make operational components indicated for relocation. F. Locate and identify electrical services passing through affected area and serving other areas outside the work limits. G. Services to areas outside work limits shall be maintained uninterrupted unless specifically authorized otherwise in writing by the Owner. When transient services must be interrupted, provide temporary services for affected areas outside work limits. H. Existing raceway and boxes may be reused where found to be suitable and meeting applicable codes and Contract Documents. Provide extension rings on existing boxes as required to be ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 -6 compatible with new building finishes. Provide blank cover matching other devices plates on unused device boxes that must remain. I. All reusable salvaged material shall remain the property of the Owner and be retained for his inspection. Only items so inspected and rejected by the Owner shall be disposed by the Contractor. All other such items shall be turned over and deposited as directed by the Owner. J. Disposal of light fixture lamps and ballast shall be in strict accordance with Federal, State and Local Laws, Ordinances, Codes, Rules and Regulations pertaining to such material. Include proper documentation in operation and maintenance manual of such material disposal. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 2 for general cutting and patching requirements and procedures. B. Cut, channel, chase and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. C. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 -1 SECTION 26 05 19 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor with qualifications and minimum ten (10) years experience in installation, splicing and testing of low voltage power conductors may be considered at discretion of Architect/Engineer, as acceptable agency. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Encore Wire. 2. Nexans. 3. Southwire Company. 4. United Copper Industries. B. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. C. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THW and THHN-THWN. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. B. Branch Circuits: Copper, stranded. C. The minimum conductor size shall be #12 AWG. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 -3 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Branch Circuits (minimum #12 AWG): Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainlesssteel, wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application. D. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. E. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." G. Each branch circuit shall be provided with a dedicated neutral conductor. Sharing of the neutral conductor between multiple circuits will not be allowed. H. A single raceway shall be limited to a maximum of six current carrying conductors. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19 -4 C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. a. Megger Test for insulation integrity. b. Test all branch circuit wiring for leakage current requirements for NFPA 99 for isolation panelboard. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 26 05 19 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 -1 SECTION 26 05 26 -GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 -2 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors for all electrical distribution, in addition to those required by NFPA 70 and as follows: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26 -3 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Computer and rack-mounted electronic equipment circuits. 8. Cable tray system. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 26 05 26 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -1 SECTION 26 05 29 -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. C. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel slotted support systems. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -2 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with IBC and UBC. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section Section "Roof Accessories." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. c. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. g. Wesanco, Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -3 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Hilti Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -4 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. Support conduit within 10” from box and bend, maximum 10’ apart and minimum of one support for conduit length. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. E. Use of power actuated fasteners may only be permitted at scheduled portions of the day or week. Obtain written approval from Owner on acceptable times for use. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -5 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for sitefabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 -6 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors shall be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. Chamfer concrete pad 3/4 inch. B. Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." C. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -1 SECTION 26 05 33 -RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 2. Surface raceway. 3. Conduit sleeve and firestop. 4. Core drill for electrical work. B. Related Section includes the following: 1. Division 26 "Underground Ducts and Raceway for Electrical Systems." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. C. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. D. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. E. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. F. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. G. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. H. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. I. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Source quality-control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70, 79. C. Product shall be UL approved. D. Comply with ANSI C2. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Maverick Tube Corporation. 4. O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 5. Wheatland Tube Company. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. IMC: ANSI C80.6. D. EMT: ANSI C80.3. E. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. F. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and UL label. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -3 G. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight): NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886. 2. Fittings for EMT: Steel or die-cast, set-screw type. 3. Fittings for Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Threaded rigid steel conduit. H. Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit or IMC: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 2. Arnco Corporation. 3. CANTEX Inc. 4. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 5. Condux International, Inc. 6. ElecSYS, Inc. 7. Electri-Flex Co. 8. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 9. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. ENT: NEMA TC 13. C. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. D. LFNC: UL 1660. E. Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. F. Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B. 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -4 B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Indoor, JIC type, minimum 16 gage, 14 gage for 6” X 6” or larger, finish with gray enamel finish. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, holddown straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts Corporation. b. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). c. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 2.5 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one the following: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. EGS/Appleton Electric. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division. 6. O-Z/Gedney; a unit of General Signal. 7. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division. 10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -5 B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1, minimum 4” X 4” X 2-1/8” deep. Provide with single gang plaster ring unless two gang plaster ring is specifically noted elsewhere to be provided. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. Minimum 4” X 4” X 2-1/8” deep. Provide with single gang plaster ring unless two gang plaster ring is specifically noted elsewhere to be provided. D. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. E. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1 gasketed cover. F. The box support bracket shall be with support leg to eliminate movement of box in wall. The box support shall be attached to metal stud by using screw gun. The box support shall have an offset for drywall. G. Device rough-in in boxes shall be securely and rigidly attached and supported plumb, level and true to the building lines using one of the following: 1. Screw Gun Box Brackets: Preset for metal stud 16” or 24” on center, depth set for 2-1/2” deep electrical box. Install using screw gun. 2. Box Mounting Bracket: Allow 4” or 4-11/16” boxes. Bendable leg serves as a bracket stabilizer. 3. Extension Plate Bracket: Allow outlet boxes 12” or 18” offset from either metal stud track or a stud. Allow 4” or 4-11/16” outlet boxes, 2-1/8” deep, bracket with bendable stabilizer leg for use on 2-1/2” and 3-1/2” metal studs for bracket sterilizer. H. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Continuous hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge (door-in-door) unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Key latch to match panelboards. 3. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 4. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -6 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway product as specified herein, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed in Mechanical Room: IMC. 2. Branch Circuit: EMT. 3. Concrete Wall/Column: GRC. 4. Refrigerated Area: GRC. 5. Panel Feeder: IMC. 6. Equipment Feeder, 2” and larger: IMC. 7. Equipment Feeders, 1-1/2” and smaller: EMT. 8. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (including transformers and hydraulic, pneumatic, electric solenoid, or motor-driven equipment): LFMC. 9. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hotwater pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical System" and "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Work." E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit within finished walls and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. H. Raceways embedded in slabs or below slab inside the building envelope are not permitted unless shown on Contract Documents. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -7 J. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including bushing for size No. 6 AWG and larger conductors. K. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. L. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. M. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semi-recessed lighting fixtures, use LFMC for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; transformers, motors and damp/wet location. N. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. 3.3 DEVICE ROUGH-IN BOX A. Finish plates shall not span different types of wall finishes either vertically or horizontally. Plates shall cover mortar joints and cut openings completely. B. Outlet, junction and pull boxes, and their covers shall have corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere in which they are installed. Provide gaskets for all boxes installed outside and other wet or damp locations (tunnels, crawl spaces, pits, etc.). C. Outlet boxes shall be protected to prevent entrance of plaster, and debris shall be thoroughly cleaned from the box prior to installation of conductors. D. Single gang opening outlet boxes shall be mounted with the long axis vertical unless otherwise noted for horizontal mounting. Three or more gang boxes shall be mounted with the long axis horizontal. E. Finish plates shall be a type designed, intended, and appropriate for the use and location. F. Existing outlet boxes are being reused, provide extension rings compatible with new wall surfaces or finishes. G. Provide outlet box with barrier for grouped or ganged light switched where voltage between adjacent switches exceeds 300 volt AC per NEC Article 380. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 -8 H. Provide outlet box with barrier and separate conduit feed for switches grouped or ganged where connected to utility power and standby power. 3.4 METAL RACEWAY A. Metal raceway duct shall be installed level and true to building construction lines such that removable or hinged covers can be operated to be fully accessible. B. Routing shall be pre-planned by the Contractor to assure right-of-way and accessibility; routing indicated by Contract Documents shall be considered schematic in nature and may require job site alteration to avoid interference. C. Metal raceway duct shall be adequately supported at not more than 5'-0" intervals. The support accessories shall be of the same manufacturer as metal raceway. D. Metal raceway duct penetrations of walls shall be unbroken lengths, scaled to the wall opening; dead ends shall be closed with manufactured closures. E. Metal raceway duct to be installed surface mounted; flush in wall or in floor as indicated by the Contract Documents. F. Provide approved wall flanges and fully seal all penetrations of fire and smoke rated walls and partitions, cutting and patching as needed. G. Provide divider to compartment the metal raceway duct as indicated by Contract Documents. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." END OF SECTION 26 05 33 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 -1 SECTION 26 05 36 -CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes wire basket cable trays and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray. 1. Show fabrication and installation details of cable tray, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For cable trays to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain cable tray components through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 -2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Wire basket may be stored outside without cover, but shall be loosely stacked, elevated off the ground, and ventilated to prevent staining during storage. B. Store indoors to prevent water or other foreign materials from staining or adhering to cable tray. Unpack and dry wet materials before storage. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allied Company (Cope). 2. Cablofil, Inc. 3. Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 4. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 5. GS Metals Corp.; GLOBETRAY Products. 6. MPHusky. 7. PW Industries. 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: Wire basket, complying with NEMA VE1. 1. High strength wires, formed into a minimum of 2” X 4” wire mesh pattern with intersection wires welded together. All ends of wires on side flanges shall be rounded during manufacturing. 2. Hardware shall be bolted on type or snapping type, and comply with ASTM B633 SC2 or AISI Type 304 stainless steel. B. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: Stainless steel, Type 304, complying with NEMA VE 1. C. Sizes and Configurations: Minimum 12” wide X 3” deep unless noted otherwise 1. Wire basket. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 -3 2.3 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B. Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as cable tray. C. Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 2.4 WARNING SIGNS A. Lettering: 1-1/2-inch-(40-mm-) high, black letters on yellow background with legend "WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR LADDERS OR PERSONNEL." B. Materials and fastening are specified in Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform design and production tests according to NEMA VE 1. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION A. Comply with recommendations in NEMA VE 2. Install as a complete system, including all necessary fasteners, hold-down clips, splice-plate support systems, barrier strips, hinged horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, and crosses. B. Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. C. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure and install seismic restraints. 1. Design each fastener and support to carry load indicated by seismic requirements and to comply with seismic-restraint details according to Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." 2. Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans on schedules. 3. Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application. 4. Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 -4 5. Manufacture center-hung support, designed for 60 percent versus 40 percent eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3. 6. Locate and install supports according to NEMA VE 1. D. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable tray and to equipment. Support cable tray independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable tray on equipment enclosure. E. Install expansion connectors where cable tray crosses building expansion joint and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA VE 1. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard. F. Make changes in direction and elevation using standard fittings. G. Make cable tray connections using standard fittings. H. Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers according to Division 7 Section "Firestopping." using UL approved firestop material. I. Sleeves for Future Cables: Install capped sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers. J. Workspace: Install cable trays with enough space to permit access for installing cables. K. Install barriers to separate cables of different systems, such as power, communications, and data processing; or of different insulation levels, such as 600, 5000, and 15 000 V. L. After installation of cable trays is completed, install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays. 3.2 CABLE INSTALLATION A. Install cables only when cable tray installation has been completed and inspected. B. On vertical runs, fasten cables to tray every 18 inches (457 mm). Install intermediate supports when cable weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs. C. In existing construction, remove inactive or dead cables from cable tray. D. Install covers after installation of cable is c ompleted. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 36 -5 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground cable trays according to manufacturer's written instructions and with minimum #8 AWG. Connect at minimum two (2) locations from cable tray to building ground reference point and as required by NFPA 70. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements. Perform the following field quality-control survey: 1. Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable tray, vibration, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 2. Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable tray do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communication or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers. 3. Verify that there is no intrusion of such items as pipe, hangers, or other equipment that could damage cables. 4. Remove deposits of dust, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 5. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque in suspect areas. 6. Check for missing or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. 7. Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable tray. B. Report results in writing. END OF SECTION 26 05 36 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -1 SECTION 26 05 53 – IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Identification for raceway. 2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable. 3. Warning labels and signs. 4. Instruction signs. 5. Equipment identification labels. 6. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -2 B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Color for Printed Legend: 1. Power Circuits: a. Utility power: Black letters on a white field. b. Standby Power: White letters on a red field. 2. Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable. C. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. 2.2 CONDUCTOR AND COMMUNICATION-AND CONTROL-CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide. B. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 2.3 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, non-fading, preprinted, celluloseacetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (1-mm) galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -3 C. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER -ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD -EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING -OSHA REGULATION -AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 42." 2.4 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. Black letters on a white background for utility power and white letters on a red background for standby power. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.6 DEVICE, RECEPTACLE AND SWITCH LABELS A. Label shall be self-adhesive vinyl and shall be computer or machine printed. Minimum size shall be 1/4” label with 1/8” letter. 1. Label background shall be clear or match to device plate. 2. Black letter for normal power. 3. Red letter for emergency power. 4. Legend: Indicates panel and circuit number. B. Special Receptacles: 1. Special purpose receptacles shall include an engraved or embossed legend appropriate for load serviced and labeled as specified in Paragraph A. 2. Receptacles not available with factory red color for emergency power circuits shall be identified with engraved or embossed label with the word "EMERGENCY POWER." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -4 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.6 kg), minimum. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding. B. Paint: Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. C. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Accessible Raceways, 600 V or Less, for Feeder and Branch Circuits: Identify with preprinted self-adhesive vinyl label. B. Accessible Raceway for Standby System: Identify with self-adhesive vinyl tape and comply with NFPA 70-700.9(A). C. Color for Printed Legend: The following color codes are general. Verify with Owner’s standard before implementation. If Owner’s do not have the standard then following these standards. 1. Fire Alarm System: Red. 2. Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow. 3. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue. 4. Security System: Blue and yellow. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. 6. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. 7. Control Wiring: Green and red. D. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use marker tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above. E. Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use marker tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -5 F. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source and circuit number. G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. H. Instruction Signs: 1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. 2. Emergency Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-(10-mm-) high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. I. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels on each power and system equipment/panel power equipment. Label shall include device identification and source. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-(13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch-(38-mm-) high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 2. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. d. Disconnect switches. e. Enclosed circuit breakers. f. Motor starters. g. Push-button stations. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -6 h. Contactors. i. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. j. Voice and data cable terminal equipment. k. Intercommunication and call system master and staff stations. l. Television/audio components, racks, and controls. m. Fire-alarm control panel and annunciators. n. Security and intrusion-detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets, and racks. o. Monitoring and control equipment. p. Audio/paging system. q. Video surveillance. 3. Equipment Schedule: a. Panelboards shall include correct, typewritten circuit directly cards identifying load served by branch circuit protective devices. b. Panelboards located in a renovated area shall have their schedules updated for all spares, spaces and circuits connected to the panelboard. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach non-adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in congested areas. G. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for feeder and branch-circuit conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied or, for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit, field applied. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 -7 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. 3. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. d. Neutral: White with yellow strips or tape. e. Ground: Green with yellow strips or tape. 4. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. H. Painted Identification: Prepare surface and apply paint according to Division 9 painting Sections. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -1 SECTION 26 24 16 -PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Devices shall be fully rated for available fault current. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -2 C. Field Quality-Control Reports: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. D. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with NEMA PB 1. E. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -3 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than five days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchorbolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." B. Enclosures: Flush-and surface-mounted cabinets as per schedule in Contract Documents. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -4 c. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Non-corrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12. 2. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 3. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: Steel factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. 4. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door with protective cover. C. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom as per schedule and also coordinate with install contractor. D. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. E. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 2. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 3. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 4. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. F. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. G. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.2 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -5 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only as per Panelboard Schedule. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial -Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable instantaneous trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 150 A and larger. 2. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Multi-pole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit. d. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position. e. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in the "on" position. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -6 B. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1. B. Equipment Mounting: Install panelboards on concrete bases, 4-inch (100-mm) nominal thickness. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Division 3 Section "Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of base. 2. For panelboards, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to panelboards. 5. Attach panelboard to the vertical finished or structural surface behind the panelboard. C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards. D. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." E. Mount top of trim 90 inches (2286 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. Top mat switch or circuit breaker in "on" position shall not be higher than 75 inches (3000 mm) above finished floor or grade. F. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. G. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker settings. H. Install filler plates in unused spaces. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -7 I. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. J. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. K. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test as follows: a. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Circuit Breakers, Air, Insulated-Case/Molded-Case: a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1) Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. 2) Inspect physical and mechanical condition. 3) Inspect anchorage and alignment. 4) Verify the unit is clean. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 -8 5) Operate the circuit breaker to insure smooth operation. 6) Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer’s published data or Table 100.12. 7) Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and arc chutes in unsealed units. 8) Verify correct operation of any auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators, zone interlocking, electrical close and trip operation, trip-free and anti-pump functions. b. Electrical Tests: 1) Perform adjustments for final setting in accordance with coordination study. 3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. D. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. 1. Measure as directed during period of normal system loading. 2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement. END OF SECTION 26 24 16 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -1 SECTION 26 27 26 -WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Indoor occupancy sensors. 3. Hospital-grade receptacles. 4. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. 5. Pendant cord-connector devices. 6. Cord and plug sets. 7. Floor service outlets, poke-through assemblies, service poles, and multi-outlet assemblies. 8. Safety type receptacle (tamperproof). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor. D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. G. IG: Isolated ground type. H. ST: Safety type (tamperproof). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one source. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 4. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -3 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Hospital-Grade, Duplex Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498 Supplement SD. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 8300 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL8310 (single), HBL8300H (duplex). c. Leviton; 8310 (single), 8300 (duplex). d. Pass & Seymour; 9301-HG (single), 9300-HG (duplex). 2.3 SAFETY TYPE (TAMPER-RESISTANT) RECEPTACLES A. Tamper-Resistant Hospital grade duplex receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; TR8300. b. Hubbell; HBL8300SG. c. Leviton; 8300-SGG. d. Pass & Seymour; 63H. 2. Description: Labeled to comply with NFPA 70, "Health Care Facilities" Article, "Pediatric Locations" Section. 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: Straight blade, non-feed-through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. B. Hospital-Grade, Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with UL 498 Supplement SD. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; HGF20. b. Hubbell; HGF8300. c. Leviton; 6898-HG. d. Pass & Seymour; 2091-SHG. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -4 2.5 TWIST-LOCKING RECEPTACLES A. Single Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration L5-20R, and UL 498. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; L520R. b. Hubbell; HBL2310. c. Leviton; 2310. d. Pass & Seymour; L520-R. 2.6 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). b. Hubbell; HBL1221 (single pole), HBL1222 (two pole), HBL1223 (three way), HBL1224 (four way). c. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). d. Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). C. Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Cooper; 1995. b. Hubbell; HBL1557. c. Leviton; 1257. d. Pass & Seymour; 1251. 2.7 WALL-BOX DIMMERS A. Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on-off switches, with audible frequency and EMI/RFI suppression filters. B. Control: Continuously adjustable toggle switch; with single-pole or three-way switching. Comply with UL 1472. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -5 C. Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: 120 V; control shall follow square-law dimming curve. On-off switch positions shall bypass dimmer module. 1. 600W; dimmers shall require no derating when ganged with other devices. Illuminated when "OFF." D. Fluorescent Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of full brightness. 2.8 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hubbell Lighting. 2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. 3. Lithonia Lighting; Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. 4. Sensor Switch, Inc. 5. Watt Stopper (The). B. General Description: Wall-or ceiling-mounting, solid-state units with a separate relay unit. 1. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 30 minutes. 2. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor shall be powered from the relay unit. 3. Relay Unit: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120-and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Power supply to sensor shall be 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source as defined by NFPA 70. 4. Mounting: a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch (13-mm) knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door. 5. Indicator: LED, to show when motion is being detected during testing and normal operation of the sensor. 6. Bypass Switch: Override the on function in case of sensor failure. 7. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lx); keep lighting off when selected lighting level is present. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -6 C. PIR Type: Wall mounting; detect occupancy by sensing a combination of heat and movement in area of coverage. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch-(150-mm-) minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in. (232 sq. cm). 2. Detection Coverage (Room): 110 degree field of view, and a minimum coverage area of 1200 sq.ft. (111 sq.m). D. Ultrasonic Type: Ceiling mounting; detect occupancy by sensing a change in pattern of reflected ultrasonic energy in area of coverage. 1. Detector Sensitivity: Detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s (305 mm/s). 2. Detection Coverage (Small Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 600 sq. ft. (56 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch-(2440-mm-) high ceiling. 3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch-(2440-mm-) high ceiling. 4. Detection Coverage (Large Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) when mounted on a 96-inch-(2440-mm-) high ceiling. 2.9 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weatherresistant thermoplastic with lockable cover. 2.10 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories. 3. Square D/Schneider Electric. 4. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 5. Wiremold Company (The). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -7 B. Description: Factory-fabricated and -wired assembly of below-floor junction box with multichanneled, through-floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor service outlet assembly. 1. Service Outlet Assembly: Flush type with two simplex receptacles and space for two RJ-45 jacks. 2. Size: Selected to fit nominal 3-inch (75-mm) cored holes in floor and matched to floor thickness. 3. Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor-ceiling assembly. 4. Closure Plug: Arranged to close unused 3-inch (75-mm) cored openings and reestablish fire rating of floor. 5. Wiring Raceways and Compartments: For a minimum of four No. 12 AWG conductors and a minimum of four, 4-pair, Category 6 voice and data communication cables. 2.11 MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2. Isoduct. 3. Panduit. 4. Wiremold Company (The). B. Components of Assemblies: Products from a single manufacturer designed for use as a complete, matching assembly of raceways and receptacles. C. Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard finish. D. Wire: No. 12 AWG. 2.12 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Ivory, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -8 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. 1. Receptacles: 18” A.F.F. to center unless noted otherwise. 2. Switches/dimmer/wall occupancy sensor: 48” A.F.F. to center unless noted otherwise. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -9 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15-or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact. E. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. F. Dimmers: 1. Install dimmers within within terms of their listing. 2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. 3. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. H. Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served using durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. In healthcare facilities, prepare reports that comply with recommendations in NFPA 99. 2. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 3. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 -10 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. C. Test straight blade hospital-grade convenience outlets for the retention force of the grounding blade according to NFPA 99. Retention force shall be not less than 4 oz. (115 g). END OF SECTION 26 27 26 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FUSES 26 28 13 -1 SECTION 26 28 13 -FUSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cartridge fuses rated 600 V and less for use in switches and controllers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings. 2. Let-through current curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. 3. Time-current curves, coordination charts and tables, and related data. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Let-through current curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. b. Time-current curves, coordination charts and tables, and related data. c. Ambient temperature adjustment information. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FUSES 26 28 13 -2 C. Comply with NEMA FU 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F (5 deg C) or more than 100 deg F (38 deg C), apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: Quantity equal to 10 percent of each fuse type and size, but no fewer than 3 of each type and size. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Bussman, Inc. 2. Eagle Electric Mfg. Co., Inc.; Cooper Industries, Inc. 3. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. 4. Tracor, Inc.; Littelfuse, Inc. Subsidiary. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FUSES 26 28 13 -3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay. B. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch. END OF SECTION 26 28 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -1 SECTION 26 28 16 -ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following individually mounted, enclosed switches and circuit breakers: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Non-fusible switches. 3. Molded-case circuit breakers. 4. Enclosures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. B. HD: Heavy duty. C. RMS: Root mean square. D. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current rating. 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -2 C. Field quality-control test reports including the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. D. Manufacturer's field service report. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of circuit breaker. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F (minus 30 deg C) and not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg C). 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet (2010 m). 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D/Group Schneider. B. Fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Non-fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch blades open. 2.3 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Division. 3. Moeller Electric Corporation. 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 5. Square D/Group Schneider. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -4 B. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable instantaneous trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 150 A and larger. 2. Lugs: Mechanical style suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. 3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. B. Concrete base is specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with applicable portions of NECA 1, NEMA PB 1.1, and NEMA PB 2.1 for installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers. B. Mount individual wall-mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting switches to concrete base. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -5 C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Enclosure Nameplates: Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate as specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Prepare for acceptance testing as follows: 1. Inspect mechanical and electrical connections. 2. Verify switch and relay type and labeling verification. 3. Verify rating of installed fuses. 4. Inspect proper installation of type, size, quantity, and arrangement of mounting or anchorage devices complying with manufacturer's certification. C. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. 3.7 CLEANING A. On completion of installation, vacuum dirt, and debris from interiors; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16 -6 B. Inspect exposed surfaces and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 26 28 16 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -1 SECTION 26 29 13 -ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ac, enclosed controllers rated 600 V and less, of the following types: 1. Across-the-line, manual and magnetic controllers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed controller. Include dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each enclosed controller. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details, including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Each installed unit's type and details. b. Nameplate legends. c. Short-circuit current rating of integrated unit. d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices in combination controllers. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed controllers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Routine maintenance requirements for enclosed controllers and all installed components. 2. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -2 E. Load-Current and List of Settings of Adjustable Overload Relays: Compile after motors have been installed and arrange to demonstrate that settings for motor running overload protection suit actual motor to be protected. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed controllers of a single type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed controllers, minimum clearances between enclosed controllers, and for adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions and clearances. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store enclosed controllers indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect enclosed controllers from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. B. If stored in areas subject to weather, cover enclosed controllers to protect them from weather, dirt, dust, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside controllers; install electric heating of sufficient wattage to prevent condensation. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Indicate method of providing temporary utilities. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -3 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed controllers with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories." D. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each enclosed controller with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required control sequence, and duty cycle of of motor and load. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton Corporation; Cutler-Hammer Products. 2. General Electrical Company; GE Industrial Systems. 3. Rockwell Automation; Allen-Bradley Co.; Industrial Control Group. 4. Siemens/Furnas Controls. 5. Square D. 2.2 ACROSS-THE-LINE ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Manual Controller: NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A, with "quick-make, quick-break" toggle or pushbutton action, and marked to show whether unit is "OFF," "ON," or "TRIPPED." 1. Overload Relay: Ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current characteristics and NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristics. Relays shall have heaters and sensors in each phase, matched to nameplate, full-load current of specific motor to which they connect and shall have appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -4 B. Magnetic Controller: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, non-reversing, across the line, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformer of sufficient capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus additional 50 VA capacity. 2. Adjustable Overload Relay: Solid state selectable for motor running overload protection with NEMA ICS 2, Class 20 tripping characteristic, and selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. C. Combination Magnetic Controller: Factory-assembled combination controller with NEMA AB 1, motor-circuit protector with field-adjustable (3X to 10X) short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes. 2.3 ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES A. Description: Surface-mounting cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Kitchen Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. 3. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 4. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated. B. Push-Button Stations: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty type. C. Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switches: NEMA ICS2, heavy duty type. D. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays. E. Pilot Lights: LED lamps, push to test, red for run, green for "OFF." 2.5 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested enclosed controllers before shipping. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -5 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and surfaces to receive enclosed controllers for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Select features of each enclosed controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, controller, and load; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting controller functions. B. Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight structural-steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." B. Install freestanding equipment on concrete bases. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. B. Concrete base is specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems," and concrete materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 3. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify enclosed controller, components, and control wiring according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.6 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between enclosed controllers according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -6 B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures. C. Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic-control devices where applicable. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Conduit installation requirements are specified in other Division 26 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of conduit, fittings, and specialties. B. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller element, bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform the following: 1. Inspect controllers, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust controllers, components, and equipment. 2. Assist in field testing of equipment including pretesting and adjusting of solid-state controllers. 3. Report results in writing. C. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 26 29 13 -7 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain enclosed controllers. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 26 29 13 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -1 SECTION 26 51 00 -INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior lighting fixtures, lamps, and ballasts. 2. Emergency lighting units. 3. Exit signs. 4. Lighting fixture supports. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BF: Ballast factor. B. CRI: Color-rendering index. C. CU: Coefficient of utilization. D. HID: High-intensity discharge. E. LER: Luminaire efficacy rating. F. Luminaire: Complete lighting fixture, including ballast housing if provided. G. RCR: Room cavity ratio. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Physical description of lighting fixture including dimensions. 2. Emergency lighting units. 3. Ballast. 4. Energy-efficiency data. 5. Life, output, and energy-efficiency data for lamps. 6. Photometric data, in IESNA format, based on laboratory tests of each lighting fixture type, outfitted with lamps, ballasts, and accessories identical to those indicated for the lighting fixture as applied in this Project. B. Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom lighting fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. C. Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for bi-level and dimmer-controlled fixtures, signed by product manufacturer. D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. F. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by manufacturers' laboratories that are accredited under the National Volunteer Laboratory Accreditation Program for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. B. Defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. FMG Compliance: Lighting fixtures for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FMG. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -3 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, firesuppression system, and partition assemblies. B. Coordinate ceiling type with reflected ceiling plan and provide appropriate mounting frame for specified light fixture. Light fixture model/series on fixture schedule on drawing does not specify type of trim. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Ballasts: Manufacturer's standard form in which ballast manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. 2. Ballasts: 1 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In Interior Lighting Fixture Schedule where titles below are column or row headings that introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: The design for each lighting fixture is based on the product series. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the light series named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -4 B. Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A. C. Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable. D. HID Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5B. E. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. F. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. G. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. H. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. I. Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1. Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a. Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) minimum unless different thickness is indicated. b. UV stabilized. 2. Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 BALLASTS FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Electronic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.11; programmed-start type, unless otherwise indicated, and designed for type and quantity of lamps served. Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated. 1. Sound Rating: A. 2. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent. 3. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -5 4. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 6. BF: 0.85 or higher. 7. Power Factor: 0.98 or higher. 8. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts shall comply with ANSI C 82.11 and shall be connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail. B. Electronic Programmed-Start Ballasts for T5 and T5HO Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.11 and the following: 1. Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit for T5 diameter lamps. 2. Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement. 3. Sound Rating: A. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 20 percent. 5. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. 6. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 7. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 8. BF: 0.95 or higher, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Power Factor: 0.98 or higher. C. Electromagnetic Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.1; energy saving, high-power factor, Class P, and having automatic-reset thermal protection. 1. Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label. D. Ballasts for Low-Temperature Environments: 1. Temperatures 0 Deg F (Minus 17 Deg C) and Higher: Electronic type rated for 0 deg F (minus 17 deg C) starting and operating temperature with indicated lamp types. 2. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F (Minus 29 Deg C) and Higher: Electromagnetic type designed for use with indicated lamp types. E. Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type. 1. Dimming Range: 100 to 10 percent of rated lamp lumens. 2. Ballast Input Watts: Can be reduced to 20 percent of normal. 3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system and lamp type indicated. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -6 2.4 BALLASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Description: Electronic programmed rapid-start type, complying with ANSI C 82.11, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated: 1. Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit. 2. Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement. 3. Sound Rating: A. 4. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 10 percent. 5. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. 6. Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher. 7. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less. 8. BF: 0.95 or higher, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Power Factor: 0.98 or higher. 10. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C, for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment. 11. Ballast Case Temperature: 75 deg C, maximum. B. Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fixtures: Electronic type. 1. Dimming Range: 100 to 10 percent of rated lamp lumens. 2. Ballast Input Watts: Can be reduced to 20 percent of normal. 3. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming control system and lamp type indicated. 2.5 BALLASTS FOR HID LAMPS A. Electromagnetic Ballast for Metal-Halide Lamps: Comply with ANSI C82.4 and UL 1029. Include the following features, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ballast Circuit: Constant-wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type. 2. Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for single-lamp ballasts. 3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg C). 4. Open-circuit operation that will not reduce average life. 5. Low-Noise Ballasts: Manufacturers' standard epoxy-encapsulated models designed to minimize audible fixture noise. B. Electronic Ballast for Metal-Halide Lamps: Include the following features unless otherwise indicated: 1. Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit. 2. Sound Rating: A. 3. Total Harmonic Distortion Rating: Less than 15 percent. 4. Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41, Category A or better. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -7 5. Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.5 or less. 6. Power Factor: .90 or higher. 7. Interference: Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C, for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment. 8. Protection: Class P thermal cutout. C. Auxiliary Instant-On Quartz System: Factory-installed feature automatically switches quartz lamp on when fixture is initially energized and when power outages occur. System automatically turns quartz lamp off when HID lamp reaches approximately 60 percent light output. 2.6 EXIT SIGNS A. Description: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility, luminance, and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Internally Lighted Signs: 1. Lamps for AC Operation: Fluorescent, 2 for each fixture, 20,000 hours of rated lamp life. 2. Lamps for AC Operation: LEDs, 70,000 hours minimum rated lamp life. 2.7 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Low-Mercury Lamps: Comply with EPA's toxicity characteristic leaching procedure test; shall yield less than 0.2 mg of mercury per liter when tested according to NEMA LL 1. B. T8 rapid-start low-mercury lamps, rated 32 W maximum, nominal length of 48 inches (1220 mm), 2800 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3500 K, and average rated life 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. C. T8 rapid-start low-mercury lamps, rated 17 W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches (610 mm), 1300 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 75 (minimum), color temperature 3500 K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. D. T5 rapid-start low-mercury lamps, rated 28 W maximum, nominal length of 45.2 inches (1150 mm), 2900 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 85 (minimum), color temperature 3500 K, and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. E. T5 rapid-start low-mercury lamps, rated 14W maximum, nominal length, 21 inches, 1300 initial lumens (minimum), CRI 85 (minimum), color temperatures 4100 K and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -8 F. TT5, Biax low-mercury lamps, rated 40 W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches, 3150 initial lumens (minimum), CRI of 75, color temperature of 3500 K and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. G. TT5, Biax low-mercury lamps, rated 50 W maximum, nominal length of 24 inches, 4000 initial lumens (minimum), CRI of 75, color temperature of 3500 K and average rated life of 20,000 hours, unless otherwise indicated. H. Compact Fluorescent Lamps: 4-Pin, low mercury, CRI 80 (minimum), color temperature 3500 K, average rated life of 10,000 hours at 3 hours operation per start, and suitable for use with dimming ballasts, unless otherwise indicated. 1. 13 W: T4, double tube rated 900 initial lumens (minimum). 2. 18 W: T4, double tube rated 1200 initial lumens (minimum). 3. 26 W: T4, double tube rated 1800 initial lumens (minimum). 4. 32 W: T4, triple tube, rated 2400 initial lumens (minimum). 5. 42 W: T4, triple tube, rated 3200 initial lumens (minimum). 6. 55 W: T4, triple tube, rated 4300 initial lumens (minimum). 2.8 HID LAMPS A. Metal-Halide Lamps: ANSI C78.1372, with a minimum CRI 65, and color temperature 4000 K. B. Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: Minimum CRI 65, and color temperature 4000 K. C. Ceramic, Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: Minimum CRI 80, and color temperature 4000 K. 2.9 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channeland angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. C. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch (13-mm) steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. D. Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 12 gage (2.68 mm). E. Wires for Humid Spaces: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Composition 302 or 304, annealed stainless steel, 12 gage (2.68 mm). F. Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch (5-mm) minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -9 G. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lighting fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B. Support for Lighting Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid as a support element. 1. Install a minimum of two four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture. Locate not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from lighting fixture corners. 2. Support Clips: Fasten to lighting fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. 3. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. 4. Install at least one independent support rod or wire from structure to a tab on lighting fixture. Wire or rod shall have breaking strength of the weight of fixture at a safety factor of 3. C. Suspended Lighting Fixture Support: 1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. 2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. 3. Continuous Rows: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis, including one at each end. D. Adjust aimable lighting fixtures to provide required light intensities. E. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify transfer from normal power to battery and retransfer to normal. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 -10 B. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. END OF SECTION 26 51 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 -1 SECTION 27 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Communications equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for pathways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common communications installation requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of communications equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting pathways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 -2 B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for communications items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR PATHWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and pathway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of pathway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 -3 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both communications equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS PENETRATIONS A. Communications penetrations occur when pathways, cables, wireways, or cable trays penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 -4 F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pathway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pathway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal pathway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Use type and number number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for pathway or cable material and size. Position pathway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pathway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for communications installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." END OF SECTION 27 05 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -1 SECTION 27 41 33 -MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Master antenna television systems using cable television service as the signal source. 2. Broadband coaxial cabling for distributing television signal to interface points. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Agile Receiver: A broadband receiver that can be tuned to any desired channel. B. Broadband: For the purposes of this Section, wide bandwidth equipment or systems that can carry signals occupying in the frequency range of 54 to 1002 MHz. A broadband communication system can simultaneously accommodate television, voice, data, and many other services. C. Carrier: A pure-frequency signal that is modulated to carry information. In the process of modulation, it is spread out over a wider band. The carrier frequency is the center frequency on any television channel. D. CATV: Community antenna television; a communication system that simultaneously distributes several different channels of broadcast programs and other information to customers via a coaxial cable. E. CEA: Consumer Electronics Association. F. dBmV: Decibels relative to 1 mV across 75 ohms. Zero dBmV is defined as 1 mV across 75 ohms. dBmV = 20 log 10(V1/V2) where V1 is the measurement of voltage at a point having identical impedance to V2 (0.001 V across 75 ohms). G. Headend: The control center of the master antenna television system, where incoming signals are amplified, converted, processed, and combined into a common cable along with any locally originated television signals, for transmission to user-interface points. It is also called the "Central Retransmission Facility." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -2 H. MATV: Master antenna television; a small television antenna distribution system usually restricted to one or two buildings. I. RF: Radio frequency. J. User Interface: End point of Contractor's responsibility for Work of this Section. User interfaces are the 75-ohm terminals on device plates. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System shall consist of cable television service and a coaxial cable distribution system. B. Distribution of direct broadcast satellite service signals, which includes coordinating with Owner's selected service provider for installation of its dish-type antennas and processing the signals as needed to provide specified services combined into a single-feed point ready for connection into the distribution system. Obtain signal levels, and noise and distortion characteristics from service provider as the point of departure for system layout and final equipment selection. C. Cable distribution system consisting of coaxial cables, user interfaces, signal taps and splitters, RF amplifiers, signal equalizers, power supplies, and required hardware complying with IEEE 802.7 and resulting in performance parameters specified in this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Equipment List: Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, serial number, location, and date of original installation. Add testing record of each piece of adjustable equipment, listing name of person testing, date of test, and description of as-left set points. C. Source quality-control test reports on coaxial cable sweep tests. D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For distribution system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Lists of spare parts and replacement components recommended to be stored at the site for ready access. 2. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of components and enclosures. Show access and workspace requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -3 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: System components shall be equipped and rated for the environments where installed. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of raceway system, and provisions for electrical power to equipment of this Section. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with requirements of cable television service provider. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of MATV system Installer. Include quarterly adjusting as required for optimum system performance. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 SYSTEMS REQUIREMENTS A. Components: Modular plug-in, heavy-duty, industrial-or commercial-grade units. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -4 B. Equipment: Silicon-based, solid-state, integrated circuit devices. C. Power Supply Characteristics: Devices shall be within specified parameters for ac supply voltages within the range of 105 to 130 V. D. Protect signal cables and connected components against transient-voltage surges by suppressors and absorbers designed specifically for the purpose. Comply with Division 26 Section "Transient-Voltage Suppression for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits." E. Provide ac-powered equipment with integral surge suppressors, complying with UL 1449. F. RF and Video Impedance Matching: Signal-handling components, including connecting cable, shall have end-to-end impedance-matched signal paths. Match and balance devices used at connections where it is impossible to avoid impedance mismatch or mismatch of balanced circuits to unbalanced circuits. 2.3 MATV EQUIPMENT A. Description: Signal-source components, signal-processing and amplifying equipment, distribution components, and interconnecting wiring. System shall receive signals from sources, amplify and process them, and distribute them to outlets for receiving sets. B. MATV System Qualitative Performance Requirements: Reception quality of color-television program transmissions at each system outlet from each designated channel and source shall be equal to or superior than that obtained with performance checks specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, using a standard, commercial, cable-ready, color-television receiver. 2.4 MATV HEADEND COMPONENTS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2. Canare Corporation of America. 3. Channel Master, Inc. 4. Leviton Voice & Data Division. 5. Motorola Broadband Communications Sector. 6. Quality RF Services, Inc. 7. Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. B. Broadband Amplifier: 1. Frequency Range: 54 to 220 MHz. 2. Frequency Response: Plus or minus 1.0 dB across passband. 3. Maximum Noise: 10 dB. 4. Minimum Return Loss: 16 dB. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -5 5. I/O Impedance: 75 ohms. 2.5 DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc. 2. Canare Corporation of America. 3. Leviton Voice & Data Division. 4. Motorola Broadband Communications Sector. 5. Quality RF Services, Inc. 6. Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. B. Distribution components shall be for signal processing and distribution downstream from headend equipment. C. Signal Power Splitters and Isolation Taps: Metal-enclosed directional couplers with brass connector parts. Where installed in signal circuits used to supply cable-powered amplifiers, power throughput capacity shall exceed load by at least 25 percent. 1. Return Loss: 17 dB. 2. RFI Shielding: 100 dB. 3. Isolation: 25 dB. 4. Impedance: 75 ohms for input and output terminals. 5. Electrically powered components shall be UL labeled. D. Distribution System Amplifiers: Powered by coaxial cable system, equipped with surge protection device and external test points to allow convenient signal monitoring. E. Cable System Power Supplies: Plug-in modular construction, with surge, short circuit, and overload protection. F. Signal Traps: Packaged filters tuned to interference frequencies encountered in Project. G. Attenuators: Passive, of fixed value, used to balance signal levels. H. Terminating Resistors: Enclosed units rated 0.5 W and matched for coaxial impedance. I. User-Interface Device: Flush, female-type outlets, designed to mimic power duplex outlet, for mounting in standard outlet box, with metallic parts of anodized brass, beryllium copper, or phosphor bronze. 1. Cable Connector: Female, Type F. 2. Wall Plates: Match materials and finish of power outlets in same space. 3. Attenuation: Less than 0.1 dB. 4. Voltage Standing-Wave Ratio: Less than 1.15 to 1. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -6 2.6 CABLES A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. Belden Inc.; Electronics Division. 3. CommScope Properties, LLC. 4. West Penn Wire/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies, Inc. B. Cable Characteristics: Broadband type, recommended by cable manufacturer specifically for broadband MATV applications. Coaxial cable and accessories shall have 75-ohm nominal impedance with a return loss of 20 dB minimum from 7 to 806 MHz, and shall be listed to comply with NFPA 70, Articles 810 and 820. C. RG-11/U, Indoor Riser Lead-In Cable: No. 14 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; gas-injected foam-PE insulation. Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum polyester tape, and 60 percent aluminum braid. Jacketed with sunlight-resistant black PVC or PE. Suitable for outdoor installations in ambient temperatures ranging from minus 40 to plus 85 deg C; NFPA 70, Type CATV. D. RG-6/U, Indoor Distribution Cable: No. 16 AWG, solid, copper-covered steel conductor; gasinjected foam-PE insulation. Double shielded with 100 percent aluminum-foil shield, 60 percent aluminum braid. Jacketed with black PVC or PE. Suitable for indoor installations; NFPA 70, Type CATV or CM. 2.7 CABLE CONNECTORS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. Amphenol Corporation. 2. B&L Coaxial Connections, Ltd. 3. Connect-Tech Products. 4. Leviton Voice & Data Division. B. MATV Coaxial Cable Connectors: Type F, 75 ohms. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Cable products shall be sweep tested at the factory before shipping at frequencies from 5 MHz to 1 GHz. Sweep test shall test the frequency response, or attenuation over frequency, of a cable by generating a voltage whose frequency is varied through the specified frequency range and graphing the results. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -7 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine pathway elements intended for coaxial cable installation. Check raceways, cables, trays, and other elements for compliance with accessibility for installation and maintenance, and other conditions affecting installation. B. Examine walls, floors, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable conditions where television equipment is to be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 GENERAL WIRING A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways except in accessible indoor ceiling spaces, attics, and as otherwise indicated. Conceal raceways and wiring except in unfinished spaces. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. C. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. D. Grounding: According to recommendations in IEEE 142 and IEEE 1100. 3.3 COAXIAL CABLE INSTALLATION A. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps may not be used for heating. B. Cable may not be installed in same raceway with power cable. C. Coaxial cable shall not be spliced except on plywood backboards in wire closets, or in cabinets designated for the purpose. D. Do not use water-based cable pulling lubricants with PVC-jacketed cable. E. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended minimum bending radiuses F. Pulling Cable: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -8 G. Exposed Cable: Install parallel to building lines, follow surface contours, and support cable according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not run adjacent and parallel to power or data cables. H. Cable Support: Install supports at intervals recommended in writing by cable manufacturer. Install supports within 6 inches (150 mm) of connector so no weight of cable is carried by connector. Use no staples or wire ties, pull tie-wrap snug, and do not over tighten. I. Signal Equalization: Where system performance may be degraded in certain operating modes, revise component connections and install distribution amplifiers and attenuators as required, providing a balanced signal across the system. J. Install passive circuit devices, such as splitters and attenuators, in wire closets or cabinets. Do not install attenuators as part of user-interface device outlets. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled, and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. C. Pretesting: Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to verify that they comply with specified requirements. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items. Retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. Prepare television equipment for acceptance and operational testing as follows: 1. Use an agile receiver and signal strength meter or spectrum analyzer for testing. 2. CATV Sources: Connect receiver to an agile demodulator or CATV set-top converter at CATV service entrance to the facility. D. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has successfully been completed and system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of test schedule. E. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify that system complies with Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test equipment for proper operation in all functional modes. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM 27 41 33 -9 F. Distribution System Acceptance Tests: 1. Field-Strength Instrument: Rated for minus 40-dBmV measuring sensitivity and a frequency range of 54 to 812 MHz, minimum. Provide documentation of recent calibration against recognized standards. 2. Signal Level and Picture Quality: Use a field-strength meter or spectrum analyzer, and a standard TV receiver to measure signal levels and check picture quality at all. Userinterface outlets. a. Test the signal strength in dBmV at 55 and 750 MHz. b. Minimum acceptable signal level is 0 dBmV (1000 mV). c. Maximum acceptable signal level over the entire bandwidth is 15 dBmV. d. Television receiver shall show no evidence of cross-channel intermodulation, ghost images, or beat interference. 3. Signal-to-Noise-Ratio Test: Use a field-strength meter to make a sequence of measurements at the output of the last distribution amplifier or of another agreed-on location in system. With system operating at normal levels, tune meter to the picture carrier frequency of each of the designated channels in turn and record the level. With signal removed and input to corresponding headend amplifier terminated at 75 ohms, measure the level of noise at same tuning settings. With meter correction factor added to last readings, differences from first set must not be less than 45 dB. G. Record test results. H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until requirements specified in Part 1 are met. END OF SECTION 27 41 33 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -1 SECTION 27 51 16 -PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Loudspeakers. 2. Conductors and cables. 3. Raceways. B. New system will be connected to existing multi-zone paging system currently used for amplifying and distributing voice communications via telephone dial-up throughout the existing facility and other satellite facility. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Channels: Separate parallel signal paths, from sources to loudspeakers or loudspeaker zones, with separate amplification and switching that permit selection between paths for speaker alternative program signals. B. VU: Volume unit. C. Zone: Separate group of loudspeakers and associated supply wiring that may be arranged for selective switching between different channels. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports and seismic restraints for control consoles, equipment cabinets and racks, and components, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -2 B. Shop Drawings: For supports and seismic restraints for control consoles, equipment cabinets and racks, and components. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of system components and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: 1. Alpha Communications. 2. Altec Lansing Technologies, Inc. 3. Atlas Sound LP. 4. Bogen Communications, Inc. 5. Dukane Communication Systems; part of GE Infrastructure, Security. 6. Edwards Signaling & Security Systems; part of GE Infrastructure, Security. 7. Electro-Voice; Telex Communications, Inc. 8. Peavey Electronics. 9. Rauland-Borg Corporation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -3 2.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. System Functions: 1. Reproduce high-quality sound that is free of noise and distortion at all loudspeakers at all times during equipment operation including standby mode with inputs off; output free of non-uniform coverage of amplified sound. 2.3 GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility of Components: Coordinate component features to form an integrated system. Match components and interconnections for optimum performance of specified functions. B. Equipment: Comply with UL 813. Equipment shall be modular, using solid-state components, and fully rated for continuous duty unless otherwise indicated. Select equipment for normal operation on input power usually supplied at 110 to 130 V, 60 Hz. 2.4 LOUDSPEAKERS A. A. Cone-Type Loudspeakers: 1. Minimum Axial Sensitivity: 91 dB at one meter, with 1-W input. 2. Frequency Response: Within plus or minus 3 dB from 50 to 15,000 Hz. 3. Size: 8 inches (200 mm) with 1-inch (25-mm) voice coil and minimum 5-oz. (140-g) ceramic magnet. 4. Minimum Dispersion Angle: 100 degrees. 5. Rated Output Level: 10W. 6. Matching Transformer: Full-power rated with four taps. Maximum insertion loss of 0.5 dB. 7. Surface-Mounting Units: Ceiling, wall, or pendant mounting, as indicated, in steel back boxes, acoustically dampened. Front face of at least 0.0478-inch (1.2-mm) steel and whole assembly rust proofed and shop primed for field painting. 8. Flush-Ceiling-Mounting Units: In steel back boxes, acoustically dampened. Metal ceiling grille with white baked enamel. 2.5 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Jacketed, twisted pair and twisted multi-pair, untinned solid copper. 1. Insulation for Wire in Conduit: Thermoplastic, not less than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) thick. 2. Microphone Cables: Neoprene jacketed, not less than 2/64 inch (0.8 mm) thick, over shield with filled interstices. Shield No. 34 AWG, tinned, soft-copper strands formed into a braid or approved equivalent foil. Shielding coverage on conductors is not less than 60 percent. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -4 3. Plenum Cable: Listed and labeled for plenum installation. 2.6 RACEWAYS A. Conduit and Boxes: Comply with Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." 1. Outlet boxes shall be not less than 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 3 inches (75 mm) high, and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) deep. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING METHODS A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 1. Install plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. 2. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS A. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for installation of conduits and wireways. B. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows whenever possible. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Cable Installation Requirements: 1. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at outlets and terminals. 2. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Arrange on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. Cables may not be spliced. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -5 3. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (760 mm) and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 4. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 5. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 6. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Heat lamps shall not be used. C. Open-Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend speaker cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above ceiling by cable supports not more than 60 inches (1524 mm) apart. 3. Cable shall not be run through structural members or be in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. D. Separation of Wires: Separate speaker-microphone, line-level, speaker-level, and power wiring runs. Install in separate raceways or, where exposed or in same enclosure, separate conductors at least 12 inches (300 mm) apart for speaker microphones and adjacent parallel power and telephone wiring. Separate other intercommunication equipment conductors as recommended by equipment manufacturer. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Match input and output impedances and signal levels at signal interfaces. Provide matching networks where required. B. Identification of Conductors and Cables: Color-code conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so they identify media in coordination with system wiring diagrams. C. Wall-Mounted Outlets: Flush mounted. D. Conductor Sizing: Unless otherwise indicated, size speaker circuit conductors from racks to loudspeaker outlets not smaller than No. 18 AWG and conductors from microphone receptacles to amplifiers not smaller than No. 22 AWG. E. Speaker-Line Matching Transformer Connections: Make initial connections using tap settings indicated on Drawings. F. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -6 3.5 GROUNDING A. Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. B. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment grounding. C. Install grounding electrodes as specified in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections and to assist in testing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Schedule tests with at least seven days' advance notice of test performance. 2. After installing public public address and mass notification systems and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 3. Operational Test: Perform tests that include originating program and page messages at microphone outlets, preamplifier program inputs, and other inputs. Verify proper routing and volume levels and that system is free of noise and distortion. 4. Signal-to-Noise Ratio Test: Measure signal-to-noise ratio of complete system at normal gain settings as follows: a. Disconnect microphone at connector or jack closest to it and replace it in the circuit with a signal generator using a 1000-Hz signal. Replace all other microphones at corresponding connectors with dummy loads, each equal in impedance to microphone it replaces. Measure signal-to-noise ratio. b. Repeat test for each separately controlled zone of loudspeakers. c. Minimum acceptance ratio is 50 dB. 5. Distortion Test: Measure distortion at normal gain settings and rated power. Feed signals at frequencies of 50, 200, 400, 400, 1000, 3000, 8000, and 12,000 Hz into each preamplifier channel. For each frequency, measure distortion in the paging and all-call amplifier outputs. Maximum acceptable distortion at any frequency is 3 percent total harmonics. 6. Acoustic Coverage Test: Feed pink noise into system using octaves centered at 500 and 4000 Hz. Use sound-level meter with octave-band filters to measure level at five locations in each zone. For spaces with seated audiences, maximum permissible variation in level is plus or minus 2 dB. In addition, the levels between locations in same zone and between locations in adjacent zones must not vary more than plus or minus 3 dB. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ PUBLIC ADDRESS AND MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 27 51 16 -7 7. Power Output Test: Measure electrical power output of each power amplifier at normal gain settings of 50, 1000, and 12,000 Hz. Maximum variation in power output at these frequencies must not exceed plus or minus 1 dB. 8. Signal Ground Test: Measure and report ground resistance at pubic address equipment signal ground. Comply with testing requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. Prepare a list of final tap settings of paging speaker-line matching transformers. D. Public address and mass notification systems will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test test and inspection reports. 1. Include a record of final speaker-line matching transformer-tap settings, and signal ground-resistance measurement certified by Installer. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements. 2. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. On-Site Assistance: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to provide on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, resetting transformer taps, and adjusting controls to meet occupancy conditions. B. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.9 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain the public address and mass notification systems and equipment. END OF SECTION 27 51 16 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS 27 60 00 -1 SECTION 27 60 00 — SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes miscellaneous raceway system as shown or implied on the Contract Documents for the following systems: 1. Communication horizontal cabling. 2. Voice, data, dictation, patient information and patient monitoring system. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 26 Section “Grounding and Bonding Electrical Systems.” 2. Division 26 Section “Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.” 3. Division 26 Section “Cable Trays for Electrical Systems.” 4. Division 26 Section “Identification for Electrical Systems.” PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Raceway shall be EMT with set screw fitting and conduit bushing at both ends. Rough-in box will be minimum 2-1/4” deep. Minimum size shall be as follows: 1. Communication horizontal cabling: 1” conduit trade size. B. Rough-In Box: 1. Communication horizontal cabling rough-ins shall be 2-gang, deep rough-in box with single plaster ring and single blank plate. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SYSTEM ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS 27 60 00 -2 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Raceways shall be installed from outlets to accessible area above ceiling (outside return air plenum) as indicated by Contract Documents. Conduit shall terminate with bushing. B. Outlet mounting height shall be as follows unless indicated otherwise by Contract Documents: 1. Communication horizontal cables: +18" above finished floor to center and 2” above back splace, wall mounted telephone at +48" AFF unless noted otherwise. C. Provide nylon pullcord in raceway system. END OF SECTION 27 60 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 -1 SECTION 28 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electronic safety and security equipment coordination and installation. 2. Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3. Sleeve seals. 4. Grout. 5. Common electronic safety and security installation requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. B. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For sleeve seals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electronic safety and security equipment: 1. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4. So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 -2 B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electronic safety and security items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel. 1. Minimum Metal Thickness: a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and no side more than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches (1270 mm) and 1 or more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 2.2 SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 -3 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1. B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electronic safety and security equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PENETRATIONS A. Electronic safety and security penetrations occur when raceways, pathways, cables, wireways, or cable trays penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 -4 D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless indicated otherwise. H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry 1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect grout while curing. I. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A. Install to seal exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electronic safety and security installations to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." END OF SECTION 28 05 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -1 SECTION 28 31 00 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes extension of existing Simplex 4100 fire alarm systems. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" for door closers and holders with associated smoke detectors, electric door locks, and release devices that interface with the fire alarm system. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FACP: Fire alarm control panel. B. LED: Light-emitting diode. C. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies. D. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section. E. FGCC: Fire Alarm Graphic Command Center. F. FANP: Fire Alarm Power Extender Panel. G. FAAP: Fire Alarm Annunciator (LCD). 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Non-coded, addressable system; multiplexed signal transmission dedicated to fire alarm service only. 1. Interface with existing fire alarm system. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -2 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NFPA 72. B. Fire alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices: 1. Manual stations. 2. Verified automatic alarm operation of smoke detectors. 3. Automatic sprinkler system water flow. C. Fire alarm signal shall initiate the following actions: 1. Alarm notification appliances shall operate continuously. 2. Identify alarm at the FACP. 3. De-energize electromagnetic door holders. 4. Transmit an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station. 5. Unlock electric door locks in designated egress paths. 6. Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders. 7. Activate voice/alarm communication system. 8. Switch heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment controls to fire alarm mode. 9. Close smoke dampers in air ducts of system serving zone where alarm was initiated. 10. Record events in the system memory. 11. Record events by the system printer. 12. Activation of any alarm verified smoke detector in a single elevator lobby or an elevator equipment room shall cause the recall of that bank of elevators to the terminal floor and the lock out of controls. In the event of recall initiation by a detector in the first floor lobby, the recall shall be to the alternate floor. Recall signal shall activate all required hoistway vents and mechanical ventilation fans. 13. Initiation of an alarm from a smoke detector installed in the supply air stream of any air handling unit smoke removal system shall cause the shutdown of that fan. D. Supervisory signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices or actions: 1. Operation of a fire-protection system valve tamper. E. System trouble signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices or actions: 1. Open circuits, shorts and grounds of wiring for initiating device, signaling line, and notification-appliance circuits. 2. Opening, tampering, or removal of alarm-initiating and supervisory signal-initiating devices. 3. Loss of primary power at the FACP. 4. Ground or a single break in FACP internal circuits. 5. Abnormal ac voltage at the FACP and FAAP. 6. A break in standby battery circuitry. 7. Failure of battery charging. 8. Abnormal position of any switch at the FACP and FAAP. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -3 9. Fire-pump power failure, including a dead-phase or phase-reversal condition. 10. Low-air-pressure switch operation on a dry-pipe or preaction sprinkler system. 11. Removal of an alarm initiating device. F. System Trouble and Supervisory Signal Actions: Ring trouble bell and annunciate at the FACP and FAAP. Record the event on system printer. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire alarm system design. 2. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operations for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable. 3. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming. 4. System riser diagram with device addresses, conduit sizes, and cable and wire types and sizes. 5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified. Show wiring color code. 6. Batteries: Size calculations. 7. Duct Smoke Detectors: Performance parameters and installation details for each detector, verifying that each detector is listed for the complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating. 8. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits. C. Qualification Data: For Installer. D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire alarm system to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Comply with NFPA 72, Appendix A, recommendations for Owner's manual. Include abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at the FACP. F. Submittals to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements for submittals specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals," make an identical submittal to authorities having jurisdiction. To facilitate review, include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to depict component locations. Resubmit if required to make clarifications ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -4 or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from authorities having jurisdiction, submit them to Architect for review. G. Documentation: 1. Approval and Acceptance: Provide the "Record of Completion" form according to NFPA 72 to Owner. 2. Record of Completion Documents: Provide the "Permanent Records" according to NFPA 72 to Owner. Format of the written sequence of operation shall be the optional input/output matrix. a. Hard copies on paper to Owner. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel shall be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required for this Project. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Requirement of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Factory Mutual (FM) AG Approval Guide. 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). a. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. b. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. c. NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. d. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. 3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). a. Appropriate UL equipment standards. b. UL FPED. c. UL 1971, standard for visual signaling appliances. Uniform Building Code and the Uniform Fire Code or other State and Local Building Codes as adopted and/or amended by the authority having jurisdiction. d. Department of Justice rules for building accessibility by the handicapped, and/or State and local equivalency standards as adopted by local AHJ's. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -5 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Fire Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire alarm service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary guard service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of fire alarm service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of fire alarm service without Owner's written permission. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Maintain fully operational until new equipment has been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into service and label existing fire alarm equipment equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from the building. B. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of the new fire alarm system, remove existing disconnected fire alarm equipment. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Lamps for Remote Indicating Lamp Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less than 1 unit. 2. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less than 1 unit. 3. Smoke Detectors: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than 1 unit of each type. 4. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 2 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than 1 unit of each type. 5. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked and tamperproofed components. 6. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed. 7. Fuses: Two of each type installed in the system. B. Furnish extra materials and labor. Describe below that matches products installed. 1. Submit unit price to install and wire additional devices. This price will be applied to additional devices to be installed. Include as part of the scope of work the installation of the following additional devices, above and beyond the number of devices shown on the plans. The Architect/Engineer will direct the Contractor where to install such devices ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -6 during construction. Architect/Engineer shall have the latitude to have devices installed anywhere within the project area. a. Area detector: 1. b. Chime/strobe: 1. c. Strobe: 3. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agency to repair or replace equipment, devices, and auxiliary components that fail in material or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from the date of substantial completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. FACP and Equipment: a. SimplexGrinnell LP; a Tyco International Company. 2. Wire and Cable: a. Comtran Corporation. b. West Penn Wire/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies. 2.2 EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Compatibility with Existing Equipment: Fire alarm system and components shall operate as an extension of an existing system. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -7 2.3 MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOXES A. Description: UL 38 listed; finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color. Station shall show visible indication of operation. Mounted on recessed outlet box; if indicated as surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box. 1. Double-action mechanism requiring two actions to initiate an alarm, pull-lever type. With integral addressable module, arranged to communicate manual-station status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. 2. Station Reset: Key-or wrench-operated switch. 2.4 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS A. General Description: 1. UL 268 listed, operating at 24-V dc, nominal. 2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. 3. Multipurpose type, containing the following: a. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. b. Photoelectric sensor, tested according to UL 268A. c. Heat sensor, combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature. 4. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a plug-in module that connects to a fixed base. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection of building wiring. 5. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 6. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type. Indicating detector has operated and poweron status. B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon-cell receiver. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot (0.008 and 0.011 percent/mm) smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A. C. Ionization Smoke Detector: 1. Sensor: Responsive to both visible and invisible products of combustion. Selfcompensating for changes in environmental conditions. 2. Detector Sensitivity: Between 0.5 and 1.7 percent/foot (0.0016 and 0.0056 percent/mm) smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -8 D. Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: a. Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon-cell receiver. b. Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot (0.008 and 0.011 percent/mm) smoke obscuration when tested according to UL 268A. 2. UL 268A listed, operating at 24-V dc, nominal. 3. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. 4. Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components shall be mounted in a plug-in module that connects to a fixed base. The fixed base shall be designed for mounting directly to the air duct. Provide terminals in the fixed base for connection to building wiring. a. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: UL listed for use with the supplied detector. The enclosure shall comply with NEMA 250 requirements for Type 4X. 5. Self-Restoring: Detectors shall not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to restore them to normal operation. 6. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type. Indicating detector has operated and poweron status. 7. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for the specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. 8. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit. 2.5 HEAT DETECTORS A. General: UL 521 listed. B. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature of 135 deg F (57 deg C) or rate-of-rise of temperature that exceeds 15 deg F (8 deg C) per minute, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting: Plug-in base, interchangeable with smoke-detector bases. 2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. C. Heat Detector, Fixed-Temperature Type: Actuated by temperature that exceeds a fixed temperature of 190 deg F (88 deg C). 1. Mounting: Plug-in base, interchangeable with smoke-detector bases. 2. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the FACP. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -9 2.6 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. Description: Equipped for mounting as indicated and with screw terminals for system connections. 1. Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a singlemounting assembly. B. Chimes, High-Level Output: Electronic type, 81-dBA minimum rated output, minimum of ten (10) selectable tone. C. Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971, with clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on an aluminum faceplate. The word "FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch-(25-mm-) high letters on the lens. 1. Rated Light Output: Field selectable from 15 candela to 110 candela. 2. Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals. 2.7 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REMOTE INDICATORS A. Remote status and alarm indicator and test stations, with LED indicating lights. Light is connected to flash when the associated device is in an alarm or trouble mode. Lamp is flush mounted in a single-gang wall plate. A red, laminated, phenolic-resin identification plate at the indicating light identifies, in engraved white letters, device initiating the signal and room where the smoke detector or valve is located. For water-flow switches, the identification plate also designates protected spaces downstream from the water-flow switch. 2.8 ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module listed for use in providing a system address for listed alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. 2.9 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE PANEL (FANP) A. Extender panel shall provide up to 8 amps of power with up to four supervised reverse polarity circuit. Extender panel shall be UL listed and FM approved. B. Extender panel shall be activated by the host fire alarm control panel. C. FANP panel shall be capable of providing synchronization synchronization for all connected visible notification strobes. D. FANP panels shall provide status monitoring of battery, input power, and earth faults. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -10 E. Alarms from the host panel will activate all FANP extender circuits. 2.10 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable for fire alarm systems shall be UL listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70, Article 760. B. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, No. 18 AWG. 1. Circuit Integrity Cable: Twisted shielded pair, NFPA 70 Article 760, Classification CI, for power-limited fire alarm signal service. UL listed as Type FPL, and complying with requirements in UL 1424 and in UL 2196 for a 2-hour rating. C. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded insulation. 1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum. 2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire alarm system is operational before making changes or connections. 1. Connect new equipment to the existing control panel in the existing part of the building. 2. New components shall be capable of merging with the existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system. B. Smoke or Heat Detector Spacing: 1. Smooth ceiling spacing shall not exceed the rating of the detector. 2. Spacing of heat detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for high ceiling areas, shall be determined according to Appendix A in NFPA 72. 3. Spacing of heat detectors shall be determined based on guidelines and recommendations in NFPA 72. C. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 3 feet (1 m) from air-supply diffuser or return-air opening. D. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they extend the full width of the duct. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -11 E. Remote Status and Alarm Indicators: Install near each smoke detector and each sprinkler waterflow switch and valve-tamper switch that is not readily visible from normal viewing position. F. Audible/Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at 80” above finished floor horns on flushmounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a grille. G. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install at 80” above finished floor. H. Device Location-Indicating Lights: Locate in public space near the device they monitor. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring according to the following: 1. NECA 1. 2. TIA/EIA 568-A. B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26 Section "Raceways and Boxes." 1. Fire alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm system shall be installed in a dedicated raceway system. This system shall not be used for any other wire or cable. C. Wiring Method: 1. Cables and raceways used for fire alarm circuits, and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm system, may not contain any other wire or cable. 2. Signaling Line Circuits: Power-limited fire alarm cables may be installed in the same cable or raceway as signaling line circuits. D. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. E. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, cabinets, or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. F. Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for supervisory circuits. Color-code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -12 Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." B. Install address label at each device according to Division 26 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.4 GROUNDING A. Ground the FACP and associated circuits; comply with IEEE 1100. Install a ground wire from main service ground to the FACP. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Before requesting final approval of the installation, submit a written statement using the form for Record of Completion shown in NFPA 72. 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection listed in NFPA 72. Certify compliance with test parameters. All tests shall be conducted under the direct supervision of a NICET technician certified under the Fire Alarm Systems program at Level III. a. Include the existing system in tests and inspections. 3. Visual Inspection: Conduct a visual inspection before any testing. Use as-built drawings and system documentation for the inspection. Identify improperly located, damaged, or nonfunctional equipment, and correct before beginning tests. 4. Testing: Follow procedure and record results complying with requirements in NFPA 72. a. Detectors that are outside their marked sensitivity range shall be replaced. 5. Test and Inspection Records: Prepare according to NFPA 72, including demonstration of sequences of operation by using the matrix-style form in Appendix A in NFPA 70. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 28 31 00 -13 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. B. Follow-Up Tests and Inspections: After date of Substantial Completion, test the fire alarm system complying with testing and visual inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Perform tests and inspections listed for three monthly, and one quarterly, periods. C. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test the fire alarm system complying with the testing and visual inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Perform tests and inspections listed for monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual periods. Use forms developed for initial tests and inspections. END OF SECTION 28 31 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -1 SECTION 31 20 00 -EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavation, filling, backfilling and compacting. 2. Trenching and trench backfilling. 3. Mass earthwork and rough grading. 4. Finish grading, including spreading of topsoil. 5. Dewatering. 6. Soil stabilization. 7. Testing and inspection. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 02 Section “Selective Site Demolition” 2. Division 31 Section “Erosion Control” 3. Division 31 Section “Termite Control” 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and Inspection: 1. All testing and inspection shall be performed by an independent Geotechnical Engineering Consultant ("Geotechnical Engineer"). 2. The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for all testing, sampling and inspection. 3. The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for approving materials, installation and procedures. 4. The Contractor is responsible for providing these services. 5. The Contractor is responsible for all coordination and scheduling with the Geotechnical Engineer. B. Topsoil: 1. All topsoil must be tested and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Refer to 1.3 Submittals for more information. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -2 C. Any work in public right-of-way or other areas subject to the jurisdiction of any body shall be performed either to the requirements of that jurisdiction or to the requirements of this Specification, whichever is more stringent. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be reviewed approved by Architect/Engineer and Geotechnical Engineer. B. Product Data and Test Reports: 1. Field and laboratory tests and inspections. 2. Drainage fill: Include material specifications and sieve analysis. Include signed material certificate from manufacturer/supplier. 3. Chemical modification: Include material specifications and signed material certificate from manufacturer/supplier. 4. Geosynthetic materials: Include material specifications and signed material certificate from manufacturer/supplier. C. Topsoil: 1. Furnish topsoil analysis performed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Analysis shall state the following: (Refer to Part 2 for minimum requirements) a. Percentage of organic matter b. Gradation of sand, silt and clay, Include USDA textural classification. c. Cation exchange capacity d. Deleterious material e. pH f. Mineral and plant nutrient content (phosphorus, potassium, magnesium, calcium). 3. Analysis shall state if topsoil is suitable for the intended use and as defined in this Specification, and shall state any requirements or recommendations necessary to make it suitable. 4. Analysis shall state annual nutrient requirements and recommendations. 5. This analysis is required for both on site and off site topsoil. 6. Samples of the topsoil shall be taken under the following conditions: a. Within four weeks prior to placing topsoil, take three representative samples of proposed topsoil. b. Within one week after placing topsoil, take three representative samples of in-place topsoil. c. All samples shall be taken in witness of the Owner, in areas approved by the Owner. Contractor to coordinate with Owner as required. 7. Provide copies of all topsoil analysis and recommendations to Owner and Architect/Engineer . ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -3 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: 1. All soil materials must be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. All soil materials shall be suitable for each application. 3. Suitable soils are defined as soils which provide proper strength, compaction and drainage requirements and which are approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 4. Fill material which is unsuitable due to excess moisture will not be classified as unsuitable if it can be dried to optimum moisture specified hereinafter by manipulation, aeration or blending with other materials satisfactorily as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. B. Fill Materials: Note: The following describes fill materials and their application for use. The materials shall be used for the listed applications, unless designated otherwise on the Drawings. If the Contractor has any questions or concerns regarding the materials or intended application, contact the Architect/Engineer for direction. Compaction requirements are the percentage of maximum dry density per ASTM D698 Standard Proctor Test, unless noted otherwise in the Geotechnical Report. 1. General fill: a. Suitable on-site or off-site fill material free of debris, roots, organic and frozen materials, and stones having a maximum dimension of 2”. b. Minimum compaction: 95% c. Application: General filling and backfilling of excavations and trenches outside of the building. 2. Structural fill: a. Suitable on-site or off-site fill material free of debris, roots, organic and frozen materials, and stones having a maximum dimension of 2”. b. Minimum compaction: 100% c. Application: Compacted subgrade under buildings, foundations and areas subject to structural loads. 3. Granular fill: a. Clean, natural or manufactured sand per requirements of INDOTSS Type “B” borrow, 4.75mm (No. 4) gradation. Pea gravel is not acceptable. b. Minimum compaction: 95% ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -4 c. Application: Backfilling of excavations and trenches which are under or within 5’ of pavement, and underneath exterior concrete pavement, walks, curbs and slabs on grade. 4. Drainage fill: a. General: Clean, washed fill sand with 100% passing the 4.75mm (No.4) sieve and no more than 5% passing the 0.075 mm (No. 200) sieve. Pea gravel or #53 stone are not acceptable. b. Minimum compaction: 95% c. Application: Free draining material required for applications such as the outside of basement walls, the back side (earth side) of retaining walls and building slabs on grade. 5. Impervious fill: a. Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state to prevent the flow of surface water or migration of groundwater. b. Minimum compaction: 100% c. Application: Required in areas such as the top of basement walls and retaining walls where the surface water is to be drained away from the building or wall. 6. Clay liner: a. Impervious clay material capable of preventing migration of groundwater and sustaining a constant water level in wet detention ponds. b. Minimum compaction: 92% c. Application: Liner for wet detention ponds. C. Topsoil: 1. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural surface soil obtained from well-drained areas and possessing characteristics of representative soils in the project vicinity that produce heavy growths of crops, grass or other vegetation. 2. Topsoil shall consist of friable loam, reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, brush, roots, weeds or other objectionable vegetation, stones or similar objects larger than 1-1/2" in any dimension, litter or other materials unsuitable or harmful to plant growth. 3. Supplement on-site topsoil with off-site topsoil as necessary. 4. Unless otherwise shown, minimum compacted thickness in lawn areas shall be 4". 5. The mechanical analysis of topsoil shall be as follows: a. 1" mesh sieve size; 99%-100% passing b. 1/4" mesh sieve size: 97%-99% passing ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -5 c. No. 100 mesh sieve size: 40%-60% passing d. No. 200 mesh sieve size: 20%-40% passing 6. The following minimum requirements shall also be met: a. Organic matter: 3-5% b. pH: 6.5 to 7.3 c. Sand, silt, clay content: per USDA loam textural classification. d. Minerals and nutrients: per Geotechnical Engineer recommendations and amendments suitable for use in local area. D. Soil separator fabric: 1. Nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile fabric manufactured from polyolefins or polyesters, suitable for subsurface drainage and other specified applications; ASTM M 288. 2. Application: As specified in Contract Documents. 3. Specifications (values based on Mirafi 140N): a. Apparent opening size: 70 (U.S. Standard Sieve Size); ASTM D-4751-99A b. Flow rate: 135 gpm/sf; ASTM D-4491-99A c. Puncture strength: 65 lbs; ASTM D-4833-00 d. Mullen Burst: 225 lb/sq. in e. Grab tensile/elongation: 155 lbs/50% f. UV Resistance: 70% at 500 hours E. Other Materials: 1. All other materials not specifically described but not required for proper completion of the Work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer and Geotechnical Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Weather: Do not perform earthwork activities during inclement weather. 2. Dust: Use all necessary and appropriate means, such as water sprinkling, as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the Owner, public and concurrent performance of other work on the site. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -6 3. Conflicts: Should the preceding job conditions or other items specified herein cause actual or possible conflicts, notify the Architect/Engineer immediately, and do not proceed until such conflict has been resolved. 4. Refer to Division 31 Section “Termite Control” for termite protection requirements. B. Preparation: Verify that the following has been completed prior to beginning earthwork: 1. Protective fencing has been installed for trees and vegetation to remain. 2 Site clearing (clearing and grubbing ). 3. Selective site demolition. 4. Erosion and sediment control measures are in place. C. Protection: 1. For items indicated to remain, provide protection to prevent damage from construction activities. Any damage or destruction to items intended to remain intact shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner at the Contractor’s expense. 2. Topsoil: Protect placed topsoil from heavy machinery traffic. Remove and replace topsoil that is compacted by heavy machinery traffic. 3. Subgrade: Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained to drain effectively at all times. Repair subgrade of any ruts that may occur by reshaping and recompacting as required. 4. Utilities: Determine locations of existing utilities and the extent to which they may affect earthwork operations. Where service and utility lines are to remain, provide protection to prevent damage or disruption of services. 5. Damaged utilities shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor’s expense. 6. Open excavation: The Contractor is responsible for ensuring all open excavations are properly barricaded and protected at all times. This includes work such as mass excavation and trenching, and also includes other potentially dangerous conditions such as retention ponds. The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary and appropriate means such as, but not limited to, signage, fencing, traffic barricades, and lighting to warn, discourage, and prevent danger to adjacent workers and general public. In addition to requirements specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, at a minimum install 4’ orange construction fence around all open excavations, retention ponds, and other areas of potential danger, and maintain them while such conditions exist. Contractor shall increase measures as required per site conditions. 3.2 LAYOUT A. Surveyor: Secure the services of a licensed land surveyor, acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and Owner, to layout locations of building, parking areas, drive, walks, curbs, finish elevations and other work, including mechanical and electrical items that are to be installed on the project site. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -7 B. References: Establish and maintain lines, corners, elevations and general reference points. Verify dimensions indicated on Drawings. If conflicts exist, immediately notify the Architect/Engineer before continuing work. 3.3 EXCESS WATER CONTROL A. Excess moisture: If excess moisture is present in soils, do not resume operations until moisture content and density are reported to be satisfactory by the Geotechnical Engineer. B. Flooding: Provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collecting in depressions. C. Softened subgrade: Where soil has been softened or eroded by flooding or placement during inclement weather, remove all damaged areas and recompact as specified for fill and compaction. D. Dewatering: 1. Provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of all water from every source entering the excavations or other parts of the work at all times during construction. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations and the preservation of the final lines and grades at bottom of excavations, such as sump pumps, trenching, etc. 3. Do not use extreme measures or durations as to cause adverse effects to Project Site or adjoining properties. 3.4 STOCKPILING A. General: 1. Stockpile materials adjacent to construction activities. See Drawings for designated stockpiling areas. If Drawings do not designate specific areas, or areas shown are insufficient, contact Architect/Engineer for direction. 2. Stockpile earth materials in manners that will prevent intermixing of different materials and intrusion of trash, debris and organic materials. 3. Slope stockpiled materials to provide adequate surface drainage. 4. Install and maintain erosion control measures. Refer to Drawings and Division 31 Section “Erosion Control”. At a minimum, silt fence shall be installed around all stockpiled areas. Seed areas which are to remain stockpiled for extended periods of time. 5. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the subgrade is prohibited. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -8 3.5 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Excavation shall conform to OSHA and all other applicable safety regulations. 2. Excavation shall conform to the dimensions and elevations indicated on the Drawings, except as specified herein. 3. Excavation shall extend sufficient distance from walls and footings to allow for placing and removal of forms, installation of services and inspection. 4. Excavation below indicated depths shall be accomplished to remove unsuitable material. Replace such unsuitable material with suitable material compacted per this Specification, or lean concrete, at the Architect discretion. 5. Topsoil stripping: Strip topsoil to its depth from areas to be covered by building, by walks and by other work and where existing surface areas required grading in order to establish new elevations. 6. Subgrade: Unless otherwise indicated, excavate to following subgrades: a. Slab-on-grade: Subgrade at bottom of drainage fill or at bottom of existing topsoil, whichever is lower. b. Drives and paving: Subgrade at bottom of aggregate base. c. Footing: Subgrade at indicated bottom of footing. d. Lawn area: Subgrade 4” below indicated surface elevation. 3.6 TRENCHING A. General: 1. All trenching shall conform to OSHA and all other applicable safety standards. 2. Verification: a. Contractor shall verify all existing grades, inverts, utilities, obstacles and topographical conditions prior to any trenching, excavation or underground installations. b. In the event existing conditions are such as to prevent installations in accordance with the Contract Documents, immediately notify the Architect/Engineer and await decision before continuing work. c. Architect/Engineer decision will be final and binding upon the Contractor, and installations shall be in accordance with same. 3. Existing pavements shall be saw cut to proper width for trenching. 4. Materials unsuitable for trench backfilling shall be removed and legally disposed off-site. B. Width: 1. Trenches for piping shall be not less than 12” wide or more than 16” wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, and shall be excavated true-to-line, so that ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -9 a clear space not less than 6” or more than 8” in width is provided on each side of the pipe. 2. For sewers, the maximum width of trench specified shall apply to the width at and below the level at the top of the pipe. The width of the trench above that level may be made as wide as necessary for sheeting and bracing, and proper installation of the Work. 3. Trenches shall be open vertical construction. C. Depth: 1. Trench as required to provide the elevations shown on the drawings. 2. Where elevations are not shown on the drawings, trench to sufficient depth to give a minimum of 36” of fill above the top of the pipes measured from the adjacent finish grade. 3. Where trench excavation is inadvertently carried below proper elevation, backfill with approved material and then compact to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade and/or foundation at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Trench Bracing: 1. Properly support all trenches in strict accordance with all pertinent rules and regulations. 2. Brace, sheet, and support trench walls in such a manner that they will be safe and that the ground alongside the excavation will not slide or settle, and that all existing improvements of every kind, whether on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. 3. In the event of damage to such improvements, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. Arrange all bracing, sheeting, and shoring so as to not place stress on any portion of the completed Work until the general construction thereof has proceeded far enough to provide sufficient strength. 5. All shoring and sheeting required to perform and protect the excavation and as required for the safety of employees and abutting structures shall be performed. All workmen performing work in 48” or deeper trench or excavation shall be protected by use of a welded sheet steel “safety box.” 6. Removal: Exercise care in the drawing and removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing, and timbering to prevent collapse or caving of the excavation faces being supported. E. Bedding: 1. Where pipes or conduits are to be installed, excavate below the proposed alignment of the pipe and backfill with clean sand to provide uniform support. 2. Unless shown otherwise on Drawings, minimum bedding to be 4” below pipe. 3. Storm sewer pipes are to be bedded with stone. 4. Refer to Drawings and details for further information and requirements. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -10 F. Grading and Handling of Trenched Material: 1. During excavation, material shall be stacked in an orderly manner a sufficient distance back from edges of trenches to avoid overloading and prevent slides or cave-ins. 2. Control the temporary stockpiling of trenched material in a manner to prevent water from running into the excavations. 3. Do not obstruct the surface drainage but provide means whereby stormwater is diverted into existing gutters, surface drains or other temporary drains. 4. Any water accumulated in the trenches shall be removed by pumping or by other approved methods. 3.7 FILLING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING A. Thickness: Except at lawn areas, where 12” layers are permitted, spread approved fill and backfill materials in loose lifts not exceeding 8” in uncompacted thickness. B. Moisture: 1. Thoroughly mix each layer to assure uniformity of material. 2. Supplement mixing with wetting or drying as required to obtain the moisture content required for the indicated percentages of compaction. 3. All fill shall be placed so that the moisture content is within +/-2% of the optimum moisture content according to ASTM D1557. 4. Do not use frozen materials in the fill or allow the fill to be placed upon frozen materials. C. Compaction: 1. Compaction shall be accomplished by approved means and shall meet the following densities for various parts of the Work. See Part 2 for density requirements of individual soil materials. 2. Compaction by flooding shall be unacceptable. 3. In cut areas where pavement is planned, the upper 12” of subgrade shall be scarified prior to compaction. D. Equipment: 1. Tracked equipment shall not be used as compaction equipment. 2. The static weight of compaction equipment utilized for the compaction of backfill materials near walls as defined in No.3 below shall not exceed exceed 2,000 lbs. for nonvibratory equipment and 1,000 lbs. for vibratory equipment. 3. All heavy equipment, including compaction equipment heavier than noted herein, shall not be allowed closer to walls than 3 feet plus the vertical distance from backfill surface to the bottom of the wall. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -11 3.8 GRADING A. General: 1. After filling and backfilling operations are completed, neatly and evenly grade areas to be sodded, seeded or landscaped. Place a 4” minimum thickness (6” maximum) of topsoil after first scarifying subgrade to a depth of 6”. Grade to obtain the elevations indicated on the drawings within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.1 foot. 2. Finish subgrade surface shall be sloped to provide drainage away from building walls. B. Treatment after Completion of Grading: 1. After grading is completed and inspected, permit no further excavation, filling, or grading except with the review of and the inspection by the Owner. 2. Use all means necessary to prevent the erosion of freshly graded areas during construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed. 3.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination: 1. A representative from the Geotechnical Engineer shall be present to observe and perform tests at all times earthwork is in progress. 2. Contractor shall provide minimum 72 hour notice to Geotechnical Engineer before each operation requiring testing or inspection. B. Testing: 1. To verify adequacy of compaction, the Geotechnical Engineer shall perform field density tests. 2. A grid pattern shall be established with a maximum area of 1,000 square feet. 3. For each grid, provide minimum one test per each lift of compacted material. C. Proofrolling: 1. Proofrolling shall be supervised by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Since standard test procedures are not available for proofrolling, the necessary scope and method of testing shall be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer, subject to review by the Architect/Engineer. 3. In areas to be covered by sidewalks, paving, drives, and other areas deemed necessary by Geotechnical Engineer or Architect/Engineer, prepare and test subgrade as follows: a. Using a loaded tri-axle dump truck or other approved method, the Contractor shall proofroll the exposed subgrade under the observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EARTHWORK 31 20 00 -12 b. Based on this observation, plus supplemental testing as required, the Geotechnical Engineer shall determine when and where soft, loose or other undesirable materials are to be removed and replaced. D. Approval and Remediation: 1. When testing and proofrolling indicate proper compaction has been obtained, and after approval from Geotechnical Engineer has been given, continue fill and backfill work until the indicated elevation is achieved. 2. If required density has not obtained, the Contractor shall remove the defective material and repeat operations until the required density is obtained and approval is given by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Cost of material removal, replacement, compaction and re-testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.10 SURPLUS SOIL MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise noted or directed by Owner, remove excess soil materials and legally dispose of off-site. 3.11 JOB COMPLETION A. Upon Completion of the Work of this Section: 1. Remove all trash and debris from earthwork operations. 2. Remove surplus equipment and tools. 3. Leave the site in a neat and orderly condition. 4. Restore all adjacent areas disrupted by earthwork activities to their original condition. END OF SECTION 31 20 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -1 SECTION 31 25 00 -EROSION CONTROL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Prevention of soil or sediment leaving project site. 2. Prevention of soil or sediment impacting on-site or off-site activities or conditions. 3. Dust control. 4. Implementation of the approved construction storm water pollution prevention plan (SWP3). B. Related Sections: 1. Division 02 Section “Selective Site Demolition” 2. Division 31 Section “Earthwork” 3. Division 32 Section “Seeding” 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for the following: 1. Silt fence. 2. Inlet filters. 3. Erosion control blanket and fasteners. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Prior to beginning any earth disturbing activities, the Contractor shall verify with the Owner and ensure the IDEM Rule 5 Notice of Intent (NOI) has been filed. The Contractor may not begin any earth disturbing activities until a minimum 48 hours after the NOI has been filed. 2. Contractor shall coordinate with the Soil Water Conservation District or other agency having jurisdiction over erosion/sediment control and perform work as required and requested by such agency as outlined in the approved SWP3. 3. The standard for erosion/sediment control for this project is the Indiana Handbook for Erosion Control in Developing Areas, latest edition (Indiana Department of Natural Resources, Division of Soil Conservation). All erosion control work shall conform to this manual. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -2 4. Contractor is required to remain in compliance with current erosion/sediment control standards and NOI. 5. The requirements of Indiana Administrative Code 327 IAC 15-5 shall be understood and adhered to by the Contractor for the duration of the project. B. General Requirements: 1. Erosion/sediment control measures are to be installed prior to beginning any earth disturbing activities and maintained throughout construction. 2. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring all specified and necessary erosion/sediment control measures are installed, functioning and properly maintained. 3. Any fines or other costs incurred due to inadequate or improper installation, maintenance or performance of erosion/sediment control measures as identified by the self-monitoring process and/or other agency having jurisdiction over erosion control shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Silt Fence: 1. General: 3’ non-woven silt fence 2. Stakes: 2” x 2” x 36” hardwood sharpened to a point on one end, maximum 5’ spacing. 3. Lath: ½” x 1 ½” x 24” for attaching the fabric to the stakes. 4. Fabric: a. Woven or non-woven produced from 100% polypropylene, designed specifically to retain sediment and remain highly permeable to water. b. Geotextile shall be attached to wood stakes with wood laths and staples or nails. c. Bottom 12 inches of fabric shall be left unsecured to allow for entrenchment. 5. Fabric shall meet or exceed the following: a. Weight: 4.5 ounces/syd b. Porosity: >85% c. AOS (U.S. Sieve): 80-40 d. Permitivity: 2.7 e. Mullen Burst: 160 psi f. Trap Tear Strength: 50 pounds g. Grab Tensile/Elongation: 110 pounds/50% h. Slurry Flow Rate: 210 gallons/minimum/sf i. Sediment Retention: >75% j. U.V. Resistance: >70% ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -3 B. Inlet Filters: Streamguard catch basin insert by Bowhead Environmental & Safety (800-909-3677), or Architect/Engineer approved equal. C. Erosion Control Blanket: Unless specified otherwise on the Drawings, the following shall be used: 1. General: Woven, 100% biodegradable blanket, North American Green S150BN or Architect/Engineer approved equal. 2. Matrix: 100% straw fiber, 0.5 lbs/syd. 3. Netting: 100% biodegradable natural organic fiber. 4. Fasteners: 6” biodegradable plastic stakes. D. Refer to Division 32 Sections "Seeding" for temporary and permanent ground cover requirements. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Prevent mud and dirt accumulations on all streets surrounding the project. Utilize stone tracking strips/construction entrances, street sweepers, spray trucks, power power washers and other necessary and appropriate means as required. Roadways shall be kept clear of accumulated sediment that is a result of runoff or tracking. 2. Dust control: Use all necessary and appropriate means, such as water sprinkling, calcium chloride (AASHTO M 144), vegetative cover, spray-on adhesives, as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the Owner, public or concurrent performance of work on the site. 3. Keep the amount of disturbed area to a minimum at all times. 4. Seed immediately after grading soil, and install erosion control blanket where applicable. 5. Sequence installation of measures to ensure proper erosion control. See Drawings for basic sequencing requirements. 6. Temporary seed all areas that cannot be final seeded within a time period that will prevent soil erosion. For temporary seeding, utilize a fast growing seed of oats, annual rye grass, wheat or rye depending on the time of year. 7. See Division 32 Section “Seeding” for seeding requirements. 8. The Contractor shall post the Notice of Intent (NOI) letter near the main entrance to the site that includes contact information for the Contractor and site Owner and the location where project SWP3 plans may be found. 9. The Contractor shall inform all Subcontractors of the requirements of the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3) and its maintenance provisions, so that erosion/sediment disruption may be prevented by all those working on site. 10. Unvegetated areas that are likely to be left inactive for more than 15 days must be stabilized. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -4 11. Proper storage and handling of materials, such as fuels or hazardous wastes, and spill prevention and cleanup measures shall be implemented to minimize the potential for pollutants to contaminate surface or ground water or degrade soil quality. Notify Indiana Department of Environmental Management (IDEM) of any release. 12. Final stabilization for purposes of the Rule 5 regulations shall be achieved when all land disturbing activities have been completed and a perennial vegetative cover exists with at least a 70% density. Once this has been achieved, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Architect/Engineer. The Contractor must still complete all maintenance and quality requirements as specified in Division 32 Sections "Seeding" and "Planting". B. Self-Monitoring Program: 1. The Contractor Contractor shall hire a trained individual to perform written evaluations of the project site weekly and after each rainfall of 0.5 inches or more. Additional evaluations shall be made when erosion control measures are first installed or reinstalled. 2. The written evaluations must address the maintenance of existing stormwater quality measures to ensure they are functioning properly and identify additional measures necessary to remain in compliance with Rule 5 Regulations (327 IAC 15-5). 3. The written reports shall include the name of the evaluator and the date of the evaluation. Copies of reports shall be sent to the Owner, Contractor, Architect/Engineer and kept on file for review on site. 4. The written reports shall be considered as observations and not specific direction to the Contractor. The trained evaluator shall not give direction to the Contractor without the Owner's consent. 5. The written reports shall contain problems identified at the site and recommended corrective action that should be taken. Observations of corrective actions shall also be recorded in the report. 6. All written reports shall be made available to the local inspecting authority within 48 hours of a request. 7. Direction from the self-monitoring process shall be given to the Contractor via the Owner or Architect/Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Silt Fence: 1. Install silt fence where indicated on Drawings and on other areas as required. 2. Follow all manufacturer guidelines for installation. 3. Dig a minimum 8” deep trench along proposed fence line to allow toe-in. 4. Install fence with stakes on the down stream/slope side. 5. Backfill and compact both sides of trench and ensure fence is anchored sufficiently. B. Erosion Control Blanket: 1. Install blankets where indicated on Drawings and on other areas as required. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -5 2. Follow all manufacturer guidelines for installation, including minimum overlapping and anchoring/stapling spacing. 3. Tuck the uppermost edge of the upper blankets into a check slot (slit trench, minimum 6” deep), backfill with soil and tamp down. 4. See Drawings for additional installation requirements. C. Stone Tracking Area/Construction Entrance: 1. Install at all temporary entrances/exits for construction traffic and in other areas as needed to prevent soil materials from being deposited on streets, parking areas, etc. 2. Minimum thickness is 6” of #2 stone. Increase as necessary for field conditions. Install geotextile fabric underneath stone to improve stability if needed. 3. Minimum dimensions are shown on the plans. Increase as necessary for field conditions. 3.3 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. General: 1. Inspect all erosion control measures periodically and after each storm event. 2. Repair and replace all measures as necessary to ensure proper soil erosion prevention. 3. Maintain temporary measures until vegetation has been adequately established and construction activities have been completed to a point where the potential for soil erosion has been sufficiently eliminated. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining temporary measures until such a point and then removing the measures, even if all other construction work is complete. 4. Implement erosion/sediment control modifications as directed by the Architect/Engineer. B. Silt Fence: 1. Inspect periodically and after each storm event. 2. If fabric tears, starts to decompose, or in any way becomes ineffective, replace the affected portion immediately. 3. Remove deposited sediment when it reaches 1/3 of the height of the fence at its lowest point or when it is causing the fabric to bulge. Do not undermine the fence during cleanout. 4. Removal: After the contributing drainage area has been stabilized, remove the fence and sediment deposits, bring the disturbed area to grade and stabilize. C. Erosion Control Blanket: 1. During vegetative establishment, inspect after each storm event for any erosion underneath the blanket. 2. If any areas show erosion, pull back that portion of blanket, add soil, reseed, re-lay and re-anchor blanket. 3. After vegetative establishment, check the treated area periodically and repair as required. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ EROSION CONTROL 31 25 00 -6 D. Stone Tracking Area/Construction Entrance: 1. Inspect weekly and after storm events or heavy use. 2. Re-shape as needed for drainage and runoff control. 3. Topdress with clean stone as needed. 4. Immediately remove mud and sediment tracked or washed onto roads, parking lots, etc. by brushing or sweeping. Flushing is only to be used if the water is conveyed to a sediment trap or basin. E. Inlet Filters: 1. Inspect each inlet periodically and after each storm event. 2. If fabric tears, starts to decompose, or in any way becomes ineffective, replace the affected portion immediately. 3. Remove deposited sediment often and do not allow to build up and cause damage to the fabric or reduce the flow capacity of the inlet. 4. Remove inlet fabric after the contributing drainage area has been stabilized. stabilized. F. Seeding: 1. Inspect temporary and permanent seeding periodically and after each storm event. 2. Repair damaged, bare or sparse areas by filling any gullies, re-fertilizing, over-seeding, re-seeding and re-mulching. 3. Install erosion control blanket over areas that do not hold. G. Final Inspection and Acceptance: 1. Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, 24 hours in advance that the project is ready for final inspection and acceptance. The following conditions must be met: a. All land disturbing activities have been completed and the entire site has been stabilized. b. All temporary erosion and sediment control measures have been removed. c. Owner will be responsible for preparing and submitting the Notice of Termination (NOT) letter and arranging final inspection and acceptance by the SWCD. END OF SECTION 31 25 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TERMITE CONTROL 31 31 16 -1 SECTION 31 31 16 -TERMITE CONTROL PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish and apply soil treatment for subterranean termite control. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 31 Section “Earthwork” 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References: 1. EPA: Environmental Protection Agency – Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Formulate and apply termiticides according to the EPA-Registered label. 2. Conform to all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Installer Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum five years experience. 2. Company licensed according to regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction. D. Warranty: 1. Provide five year warranty for material and application. 2. Include coverage for damage and repairs to building and building contents caused by termites. Repair damage and retreat where required. 3. Owner reserves right to renew warranty for an additional five years. 4. Inspect work annually and report in writing to Owner. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TERMITE CONTROL 31 31 16 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Indicate each toxicant to be used, composition by percentage dilution schedule and intended application rate. 2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions and recommendations. 3. EPA-Registered Label for termiticide products. B. Test Reports: Submit regulatory agency approval reports when required. C. Project Record Drawings: Accurately record moisture content of soil before application, date and rate of application, areas of application, diary of meter readings and corresponding soil coverage. Submit to Owner. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: 1. Conform to all manufacture recommendations and requirements. 2. Conform to all applicable codes and requirements. 3. Deliver products to site in original labeled and sealed containers. 4. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area. 5. Storage area must be locked and inaccessible to anyone except installer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Termiticide: EPA-Registered, complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, in an aqueous solution formulated to prevent termite infestation. Provide quantity required for application at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product’s EPA-Registered Label. Subject to compliance with requirements, the following are acceptable products: 1. BASF Corporation; Termidor. 2. Bayer Environmental Science; Premise 75. 3. FMC Corporation; Dragnet, Talstar, Prevail. B. Mix toxicant to manufacturer instructions. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ TERMITE CONTROL 31 31 16 -3 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Requirements: 1. Verify that soil surfaces are unfrozen, sufficiently dry to absorb toxicant and ready to receive treatment. 2. Beginning of application shall mean acceptance of soil conditions. 3. Verify that anticipated weather conditions comply with label recommendations prior to application. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Locations: 1. Under slabs on grade. 2. Crawl spaces. 3. Both sides of foundation surface. 4. Soil within ten feet of building perimeter. 5. Other areas as required. B. Requirements: 1. Apply toxicant 24 hours prior to installation of vapor barrier under slabs-on-grade. 2. Apply toxicant in accordance with manufacture instructions. 3. Apply extra treatment to structure penetration surfaces such as pipe or ducts, and soil penetrations such as ground rods or posts. 4. Coordinate soil treatment at foundation perimeter with finish grading to avoid disturbance of treated soil. 5. Coordinate treatment with all other contractors, trades and Owner. C. Retreatment: 1. Retreat disturbed soil which has already been treated. 2. If inspection or testing identifies the presence of termites, retreat soil and retest. 3. Use same toxicant as for original treatment. D. Protection: 1. Protect finished work from disturbance until completely dry. 2. Post warning signs in areas of application. 3. Protect treated areas against injury or hazard to humans and animals. END OF SECTION 31 31 16 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -1 SECTION 32 13 00 -SITE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast-in-place concrete outside of the building for site improvements including, but not limited to, the following: a. Curbing, gutters, walks and pavement. 2. Concrete testing and inspection. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete Formwork” 2. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete Reinforcement” 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of workers: 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work. 2. This person shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation. 3. This person shall direct all work performed under this Section. B. Manufacturer: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Codes And standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent requirements of the following American Concrete Institute Publications: a. “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete” ACI 318-99. b. “Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreteing” ACI 306 R-88. c. “Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreteing” ACI 305 R-91. d. “Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Result for Concrete” ACI 214-77. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -2 e. “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy Weight, and Mass Concrete” ACI 211.1-98. 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this Section, the more stringent provisions shall govern. D. Testing and inspection: 1. All testing and inspection shall be performed by an independent Geotechnical Engineering Consultant ("Geotechnical Engineer") 2. The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for all testing, sampling and inspection. 3. The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for approving all materials, installation and procedures. 4. The Contractor is responsible for providing these services. 5. The Contractor is responsible for all coordination and scheduling with the Geotechnical Engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Mix design. B. Submit test reports to the Architect/Architect/Engineer in accordance with Part 3 of this Section. C. Submit chloride ion tests or total chloride tests (with generally accepted method to relate total chloride to chloride ion) to show compliance with maximum ion concentrations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 1. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III 2. Fine aggregate: ASTM C33 3. Coarse aggregate: ASTM C33 a. Crushed stone is to be used for exterior concrete, unless otherwise noted. b. Maximum aggregate size is 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing (per code) between reinforcing bars or between bars and forms. 4. Water: Clean, fresh, potable 5. Air-entraining admixture: ASTM C260 6. Fly ash: ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -3 a. If fly ash is proposed for a mix, the mix design must be submitted with a letter stating that background radiation emitted from the fly ash is no higher than the cement or aggregate on a per weight basis. b. Fly ash shall not replace more than 20% of the cement. 7. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing soluble chlorides. 8. Do not use re-tempered concrete or concrete that has been contaminated by foreign materials. 9. Fiber mesh: a. Fiber mesh shall be polypropylene fibrillated and mix shall contain minimum 1.5 lbs. of fiber per cubic yard of concrete, unless otherwise prescribed by manufacturer and approved by Architect/Engineer. b. Fiber shall be mixed at batch plant, field mixing is not acceptable. B. Sealer/curing compound: 1. ASTM C309, Type I, clear. 2. Sealer/curing compounds are not to be used under any finished floor material, unless a letter is submitted to the Architect/Engineer from the flooring manufacturer prior to the compound’s use, stating that the specific compounds are compatible with their materials and adhesives. 3. Product use shall be compatible with colored admixtures (if applicable) and texture of surfaces. C. Isolation joints: Unless specified otherwise on Drawings, use the following: 1. Cork isolation joints with sealant: a. Joint material: AASHTO M213; 1 inch thick b. Joint sealer: AASHTO M173; polyurethane with color matching adjacent concrete c. Application: Use cork isolation joint with sealant for isolation joints adjacent to buildings, structures, columns and in any areas of colored concrete. 2. Asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber: a. Joint material: AASHTO M213; 1/2 inch thick b. Do not place sealant on asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber isolation joints. c. Application: Use this type of isolation joint for items such as curbs and walks, which are in areas not adjacent to buildings, structures and columns, etc. Do not use in areas of colored concrete. 3. Contact Architect/Engineer if further direction is needed for proper application in specific areas. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -4 2.2 MIX DESIGNS A. General site work concrete: 1. Strength: 4000 psi, ready mixed in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: 4” +/-1”. 3. Minimum cement content: 517 pounds per cubic yard (adjust for air entrainment) 4. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.40. 5. Air entrainment: 6%. Percentage of air content shall be determined in accordance with the admixture manufacturer’s recommendations based on aggregate size and a moderate level of exposure. 6. No color pigment added. B. Other requirements: 1. Proportions of materials for concrete shall be established in accordance with Section 5.2 of ACI 318 (Latest edition). 2. Follow ACI 211 and ACI 301 to determine the water-cement ratios. 3. Concrete shall not exceed maximum chloride ion content for corrosion protection as defined in ACI 318 Table 4.4.1. 4. All concrete to be in contact with salts shall be air entrained. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Job conditions: 1. Extreme temperature conditions: a. When extreme hot or cold weather conditions occur, or are expected to occur, which might detrimentally affect concrete, employ handling and placing techniques to guard against such effects. b. Comply with the recommendations of American Concrete Institute for hot and cold weather concreting. ACI Publications ACI 306 and ACI 305. 2. Inclement Weather: Unless adequate protection is provided, do not place exterior concrete during rain, sleet or snow. B. Verification: 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all items to be embedded in concrete are in place. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -5 3. Very that concrete may be placed to the lines and elevations indicated on the Drawings, with all required clearances for reinforcement. 4. In the event of discrepancy, contact Architect/Engineer immediately and do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. C. Other: 1. All exterior concrete slabs on grade, pavement and walks shall be placed on a compacted granular fill, unless otherwise noted. Depth of fill shall equal the concrete thickness, unless otherwise noted. 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Preparation: 1. Remove all wood scraps, ice, snow, frost, standing water and debris from the area in which concrete will be placed. 2. Thoroughly wet the surface of excavations (except in freezing weather), coat forms with release agent and remove all standing water. B. Method: 1. Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods that will prevent separation and loss of materials. 2. For chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete, use only equipment of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without loss or separation of materials. 3. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. 4. Use screed poles or similar devices to ensure that all slabs are cast at the proper elevations and that specified tolerances are maintained. 5. Use care with colored concrete to maintain consistency of pigment. Do not pour portions of sections from different batches. C. Rate of placement: 1. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily between reinforcement. 2. Once placing is started, carry it on as a continuous operation until placement of the panel or section is complete. 3. Do not pour a greater area at one time than can be properly finished. This is particularly important during hot or dry weather. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -6 D. Consolidation: 1. Thoroughly consolidate all concrete by mechanical vibration, hand, and other suitable means during placement, working it around all embedded fixtures and into corners of forms. 2. Do not over-consolidate with when using mechanical vibration as to cause separation of the aggregate. 3.3 JOINTS Note: Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, joints shall meet the following minimum requirements. If questions or concerns exist, contact Architect/Engineer for direction. A. Isolation joints: 1. General: a. Tool concrete on both sides of joint (1/4” radius). b. Install isolation joint material to full depth of concrete. c. See Part 2 Products for type of isolation joint material to be used. d. Install sufficient smooth doweling reinforcing to prevent differential movement in curbing, walks and pavement. e. Do not dowel into such items as columns and exterior building walls/foundations, unless specified on Drawings. Refer to Structural drawings also. f. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, install isolation joints per the following minimum requirements. 2. Curbing: a. Provide each side of inlet castings. b. Provide at all tangent points and changes in direction. 3. Walks: a. For walks 6 feet in width and less, provide at intervals not exceeding 25 feet. b. For larger walks and plaza areas, provide at intervals not exceeding 20 feet in any direction. 4. Pavement: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 20 feet in any direction. 5. Retaining walls: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 40 feet per linear length of wall. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -7 6. Other: a. Provide at accessible ramps, buildings, columns, bollards, castings, drains and other locations as necessary to prevent excess cracking or displacement. b. Contact Architect/Engineer if any areas of question or concern are encountered. B. Control joints: 1. General: a. Control joint depth shall be minimum ¼ of the slab thickness. b. Continue one half of reinforcing through joint. c. Install joints by tooling or sawcutting as described below, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or directed by Architect/Engineer. d. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, install control joints per the following minimum requirements. 2. Curbing: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. b. Sawcut or tool joints. 3. Walks: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 6 feet in any direction. b. Tool joints. 4. Pavement: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 18x pavement thickness feet in any direction, construction joints may be used where appropriate. b. Sawcut or tool joints. 5. Retaining walls: a. Provide at intervals not exceeding 20 feet per linear length of wall. 6. Other: a. Provide at accessible ramps, columns, bollards, castings, drains and other locations as necessary to prevent excess cracking. b. Contact Architect/Engineer if any areas of question or concern are encountered. C. Construction joints: 1. Joints shall be made with properly constructed bulkheads and formed keyways. 2. Extend reinforcing through construction joints, unless otherwise noted on Drawings. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -8 3. The Contractor shall consult with the Architect/Engineer before starting concrete work to establish a satisfactory placing schedule and to confirm joint locations. 4. Retaining Walls: Provide at intervals not exceeding 80 feet per linear length of wall. D. Tooled joints and scoring: 1. Make straight, clean and unragged. 2. Tool or score concrete on both sides of joint (1/4” radius). E. Bond break: 15# per 100 square foot building paper. 3.4 FINISHING A. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, provide a light-broom finish on all exterior slabs, walks and stairs. B. Provide a dry-rub finish for all exposed concrete walls, curbs or edge surfaces. 3.5 CURING A. Formed surfaces: 1. Cure formed surfaces by either of the following methods: a. Leave forms in place until the cumulative number of days or fractions thereof, not necessarily consecutive, has totaled seven days during which the temperature of the air in contact with the concrete is 50°F or above. b. Remove forms at an earlier time, but apply curing compound to concrete surfaces. c. Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. d. Refer to Division 32 Section “Site Concrete Formwork” for minimum time periods that framework must remain in place even when curing compound is used. 2. If curing compound is not used and the forms are stripped prior to 7 days curing, the following methods are approved: a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. b. Continuously wet mats. c. Sand kept continuously wet. 3. Refer to color pigment manufacturer for curing requirements (if applicable). ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -9 3.6 PATCHING A. Patch existing concrete to receive new finish in a manner so that existing and patched surfaces are smooth and continuous and have a uniform appearance. 3.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination: 1. A representative from the Geotechnical Engineer shall be present to observe and perform tests at all times site concrete work is in progress. 2. Contractor shall provide minimum 72 hour notice to Geotechnical Engineer before each operation requiring testing or inspection. B. Inspection: 1. Immediately after forms and curing membranes have been removed, inspect all concrete surfaces and patch all pour joints, voids, rock pockets, form tie holds and other imperfections before the concrete is thoroughly dry. 2. If the defects are serious or affect the strength of the structure, or if patching does not satisfactorily restore the quality and appearance of the surface, the concrete shall be removed and replaced complete, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Testing: The Geotechnical Engineer shall perform the following: 1. Compression tests: a. Secure three standard cylinders from each pour of concrete, in accordance with ASTM C31, and cure under standard moisture and temperature conditions. b. Test in accordance with ASTM C39. c. Test one cylinder at 7 days and two cylinders at 28 days. d. Submit duplicate test reports of results from testing to Architect/Engineer. e. Take steps immediately to evaluate unsatisfactory test results. f. In the event of unsatisfactory test results, an investigation as outlined in Section 5.6.5 of ACI 318-99 shall be employed. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE 32 13 00 -10 2. Slump and air entrainment: a. Perform slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. b. Determine the air content of air-entrained concrete in accordance with ASTM standards. c. Report results of slump tests and air content on each compression test report, and report whether the concrete represented by the compression tests is air-entrained or non-air-entrained. 3. Cost: Should additional testing be required because of unsatisfactory test results, the Contractor is responsible for the costs incurred for correcting any deficiencies and the cost of additional testing. END OF SECTION 32 13 00 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32 13 10 -1 SECTION 32 13 10 -SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish and install all bar supports, inserts, anchor bolts, welded wire fabric, reinforcing bars and all other items to be embedded in the cast-in-place concrete, not specifically indicated to be by others, as shown or implied on the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete Formwork” 2. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete” 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work. 2. This person shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation. 3. This person shall direct all work performed under this Section. B. Codes and Standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures – ACI 315” and “Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete – ACI 318,” both publications of the American Concrete Institute, latest edition. 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this Section of the Project Manual, the more stringent provisions shall govern. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Certifications: Submit a signed certification from the supplier that all material used is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all site concrete reinforcement. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32 13 10 -2 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Reinforcing that is to be welded shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 40. B. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A185.2 6” x 6” x W1.4 x W1.4, or as indicated on the Drawings. C. Other Embedded Items: Provide standard manufactured products as approved by the Architect/Engineer. D. Bar Supports: 1. Conform to the requirements of the “Manual of Standard Practice,” published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 2. Accessories shall be plastic protected Class “C” for all concrete exposed in the finished structure, except as specified below. 3. Accessories shall be Class “A”, bright basic, for unexposed concrete. 4. Utilize Call “E,” stainless steel bar supports, for exterior concrete to be finished by sand blasting. 5. Do not use continuous high chairs. Use individual high chairs laced with bottom cross bars plus #5 support bars. (Minimum of 2 rows of support for all reinforcing). 6. Supports must be capable of supporting construction loads without failing. Contractor to furnish additional supports at no cost to the Owner if in the Architect/Engineer estimation the supports are not adequate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Prior to installation of the work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that concrete reinforcement may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and original design. 3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect/Engineer and do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until fully resolved. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32 13 10 -3 4. Remove all dirt, oil, paint, loose rust, and other foreign materials from the concrete reinforcement prior to placement. 3.2 PROTECTION A. General: 1. Use all means necessary to protect concrete reinforcement before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 2. Store in a manner to prevent excessive rusting and fouling with dirt, grease, and other bond-breaking coatings. 3. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 PLACING A. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Positively secure reinforcing to bar supports and tie or otherwise anchor bars to prevent displacement by construction loads or by the placing of concrete. 2. Splice bars with a minimum lap of 40 bar diameters, unless otherwise indicated. Use mechanical splicers/couplers where quantity of reinforcement restricts placement of concrete if lapped splices are utilized. 3. Splice bars only at locations indicated on the Contract Documents and shop drawings. 4. Both shop and field bedding shall be accomplished without heating the bars. 5. Minor placing adjustments can be made to avoid interference with other reinforcement and/or embedded devices. The final arrangement, however, is subject to review and acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. 6. Immediately notify the Architect/Engineer if reinforcing cannot be installed as shown on drawings. No cutting of reinforcing should occur unless the Architect/Engineer has reviewed and allowed such cuts. B. Embedded Devices: 1. Set hangers, anchor bolts, inserts, and other embedded devices accurately in place. 2. Make sure all such devices are installed so that work to be attached thereto will be properly received. 3. Keep devices straight and true-to-line. C. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Splice the welded wire fabric by lapping each section at least two meshes wide plus one wire with the adjacent section, but not less than 8”. 2. Extend fabric into all openings, doorways, and the like, unless otherwise indicated. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 32 13 10 -4 3.4 CLEANING A. Final cleaning: Prior to placing concrete, remove all loose mill and rust scale, oil, mud, ice, and other foreign coatings which destroy and/or reduce bond between the reinforcement and concrete. Use wire brushing and/or other suitable methods to complete cleaning operations. END OF SECTION 32 13 10 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 13 20 -1 SECTION 32 13 20 -SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish, install and remove all formwork for all site cast-in-place concrete as shown or implied on the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete Reinforcement” 2. Division 32 Section “Site Concrete” 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work. 2. This person shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards and the requirements of this work. 3. This person shall direct all work performed under this Section. B. Codes and Standards: 1. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations and maintain tolerances contained in “Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork”, publication ACI 347R-94 of the American Concrete Institute. 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with the requirements of this Section of the Project Manual, the more stringent provisions shall govern. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Form Lumber: 1. All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new or of sufficient quality to insure an unblemished texture. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 13 20 -2 2. All form lumber shall be plywood, board lumber, hardwood or other material of grade or quality to best suit each particular usage. B. Fiber Forms: 1. Fiber forms may be utilized to construct round columns/piers. 2. Seamless forms must be used for concrete exposed in the finished structure. 3. Standard seamed tubes are permissible for non-exposed concrete. C. Form Release Agent: 1. Standards: a. Release agent shall be similar to Symons Manufacturing Company Magic Kote. b. Grace Construction Products Formshield Chemical Release Agent. D. Bracing/Shoring/Studs: Such supports shall be selected for economy consistent with safety requirements and the quality required in the finished work. The Contractor is responsible for the design, illustration, safety and serviceability of all formwork. E. E. Other Materials: All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of concrete formwork, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to advance acceptance by the Architect/Engineer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all trades and verify that all such work is completed to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that forms may be constructed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the referenced standards and the original design. 3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect/Engineer and do not proceed with installation in area of discrepancy until fully resolved. 3.2 PROTECTION A. General: 1. Use all means necessary to protect formwork materials before, during and after installation, and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 13 20 -3 2. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Forms to have sufficient strength and be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 2. The design and engineering of the formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Refer to Division 32 Section “Site Concrete” for construction joints requirements. 4. Tolerances: Construct all forms straight, true, plumb and square within the tolerances recommended by ACI 347. 5. Embedded items: Set all required steel frames, angles, grilles, bolts, reglets, inserts, pipe, conduit and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete before the concrete is placed. 6. Wetting: Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints opening opening up before concrete is placed, except as recommended in ACI 306 R-78, “Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting.” B. Layout: 1. Form all required cast-in-place concrete to the shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. 2. Exercise particular care in the layout of forms to ensure the proper finish structure size and shape. 3. Make proper provision for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorage, blocking and other features of the Work as shown or required. 4. Carefully examine the Contract Documents and consult with other trades as required to insure proper provisions for openings, reglets, chases, and other items in the forms. C. Bracing and Shoring: 1. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to personnel. 2. Construct all bracing, supporting members, and centering of ample size and strength to safely carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected. 3. Properly space the forms apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that give positive tying and accurate spreading. 4. All shoring shall extend to adequate foundations. 5. The Contractor is responsible for both the proper design and installation of all bracing and shoring, to properly insure the safety and serviceability of the structure. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 13 20 -4 D. Plywood Forms: 1. Assembly: Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints. 2. Joints: Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square. E. Reuse of Forms: 1. Reuse of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all forms were new. 2. Reuse of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms, nor less acceptable appearance to finished concrete. F. Cleaning: 1. Before concrete is placed the forms shall be cleaned of all debris, ice, snow, frost, and standing water. 2. Remove all loose earth materials from the surfaces of earth forms. 3.4 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. General: 1. Forms shall be removed in such a manner to insure complete safety of the structure. 2. Formwork for columns, walls, and other parts not supporting the weight of the concrete may be removed as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations with the following minimums: a. Formwork for walls and columns shall remain in place a minimum of two (2) days during which the temperature of the air surrounding the concrete must be above 50° F. b. This minimum time period represents a cumulative number of days or fractions thereof. c. Such formwork for concrete placed during cold weather with surrounding air temperatures 50° F shall remain in place one day after the artificial heating and/or freeze protection is discontinued/removed. 3. Forms and falsework supporting any vertical loads shall remain in place until the members have acquired sufficient strength to safety support their weight and any superimposed loads. Such forming shall remain in place until the concrete has attained its specified 28 day strength as indicated by the test cylinders cylinders unless reshores are installed in sufficient quantities to transmit the loads to adequate foundations without over stressing the particularly cured structure. The requirements of ACI 305 and 306 must also be met before forms may be removed. 4. Removal of forms and falsework is the responsibility of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall bear the full responsibility for this operation. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SITE CONCRETE FORMWORK 32 13 20 -5 5. Concrete damaged by too early removal of forms or falsework shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Architect/Engineer. 6. Concrete exposed by form removal during the curing period shall be cured by one of the methods specified in Division 32 Section “Site Concrete”. 7. Note that curing compound is not permitted in certain locations. In these cases, curing is to be by an alternate method. See Division 32 Section “Site Concrete” for alternate methods. 8. In no case shall the superimposed load or relatively new concrete exceed 50 pounds per square foot unless proper shoring to suitable foundations is installed as required by the Architect/Engineer. 9. Use all means necessary to protect workman, public, the installed work and materials of other trades, and the complete safety of the structure. 10. Cut nails and similar fasteners off flush and leave all surfaces smooth and clean. END OF SECTION 32 13 20 ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -1 SECTION 32 92 19 -SEEDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment necessary for seeding all areas as indicated or implied by the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 31 Section "Earthwork" 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Engage an experienced installer who has completed seeding work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and with a record of successful lawn establishment. 2. All work described in this Section is to be done by an installer specializing in such work with five (5) documented years of experience in similar work. B. Refer to Division 31 Section "Earthwork" for topsoil requirements and amendment recommendations to bring soil to optimal condition for growing lawn grass seed. C. Applicable Publications: 1. Publications of the following institutes, associations, societies, and agencies are referred to in this Section. 2. American Joint Committee on Horticulture Nomenclature Standard: Standardized Plant Names, 1942 Edition and Additions. D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Certificates of Inspection: All shipments of orders of seed shall be properly inspected at the nursery or at the growing site by the authorized Federal and State authorities. All necessary inspection certificates shall accompany the invoice for each shipment or order of stock, as may be required by law for the necessary transportation. Certificates shall be filed with the Architect/Engineer, prior to acceptance of the materials. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -2 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of grass seed from seed vendor for each grass seed mixture stating the botanical name, common name, and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. 1. Certification of each seed mixture for lawn seeding identifying source including name and telephone number of supplier. B. Topsoil analysis: Refer to Division 31 Section "Earthwork". C. One copy of Certificates Of Inspection of Regulatory Agencies as specified herein. D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" articles to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names and addresses; names and address of Owners and other information specified. 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Seasonal Requirements: 1. Perform the seeding work between 1 March and 15 May or between 15 August and 15 October, or both, unless otherwise approved by the Architect/Engineer; and at such time that the seeding work will not be damaged by freezing temperatures, rain or high winds. B. Scheduling: 1. Seeding operations shall not commence in any area until other trades no longer need machine access to these areas. 2. Begin installation of seeding after preceding related work is accepted. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Storage: 1. Store lime and fertilizer in a dry, secure location off the ground, free from physical abuse. 2. Protect from adverse weather conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry new-crop seed complying with AOSA's "Journal of Seed Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -3 B. Seed Species: Seed of grass species as follows, with not less than 98 percent pure seed, not less than 90 percent germination, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed: 1. Permanent Seed – full sun or partial shade: a. 80% Hybrid Bluegrass blend – a minimum of 3 varieties evenly blended, such as Midnight II, Rugby II, Nuglade, or as approved by Architect/Engineer.. b. 20% Perennial Rye Grass. 2. Permanent Seed – full shade: a. 20% Hybrid Bluegrass b. 40% Creeping Red Fescue c. 20% Hard Fescue d. 20% Chewings Fescue 3. Temporary Seed: a. 100% Annual Rye Grass 2.2 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C602 agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent as follows: 1. Class: Class T with a minimum 99 percent passing through No 8 sieve and a minimum 75 percent passing passing through No 60 sieve. B. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated C. Agricultural Gypsum: Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 percent calcium sulfate D. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials. 2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 3.4 – 4.8. B. Compost: Well-composted, stable and weed free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1 inch sieve; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to humans and plantings. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -4 2.4 MULCHES A. Straw Mulch: Provide air dry, clean mildew and seed free, salt hay or thrashed straw of wheat, rye, oats, or barley. B. Non-Asphaltic Tackifier: Colloidal tackifier recommended by fiber mulch manufacturer for slurry application; nontoxic and free of plant material or germination inhibitors. C. Asphalt Emulsion: ASTM D977, Grade SS-1 nontoxic and free of plant-growth or germination inhibitors. 2.5 FERTILIZER A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum 4 percent nitrogen and 20 percent phosphoric acid. B. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. C. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast and slow release nitrogen 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 12 percent of actual nitrogen, 12 percent phosphorous, and 12 percent potassium by weight. D. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water insoluble nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous and 10 percent potassium by weight. 2.6 WATER A. Potable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Description: 1. Verify that soil preparation and related preceding work have been completed. 2. Do not start work until other trades no longer need machine access to these areas. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -5 3. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities, trees, shrubs and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. B. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties or walkways. 3.3 LAWN PREPARATION A. Limit lawn preparation to areas to be planted. B. Unchanged Subgrades: If lawns are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating, grading, or surface soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows: 1. Remove existing grass, vegetation, and turf. Do not mix into surface soil. 2. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least of 4 inches Apply soil amendments and fertilizers according to topsoil analysis and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of soil. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture. 3. Remove stones larger than 1” any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and other extraneous matter. 4. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's property. C. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. D. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. E. Restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading and before planting 3.4 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 1. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -6 B. Sow seed at the rate of 4 to 6 lb/1000 sq. ft. C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of topsoil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. 3.5 HYDROSEEDING A. Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. 3.6 PROTECTIONS A. Description: 1. Erect temporary barricades and warning signs to protect against pedestrians and vehicular traffic. 3.7 CLEANING A. Description: 1. Immediately clean spills from paved and finished surface areas. 2. Remove debris and excess materials from project site. 3. Dispose of protective barricades and warning signs at termination of lawn establishment. 4. Remove erosion control measures after lawn establishment period. 3.8 LAWN ESTABLISHMENT A. Watering: Water daily for the first 14 days after seeding. 1. After first 14 days, supplement rainfall to produce a total of 2 inches water per week until lawn is clearly established and growing healthy. B. Mowing: 1. When grass reaches 2-1/2 inches in height, mow to 1-3/4 inch in height. 2. Maintain grass between 1-3/4 inch and 2-1/2 inch height. 3. Do not cut off more than 40% of grass leaf in single mowing. 4. Remove grass clippings. 5. Re-seed spots larger than 1 square foot not having uniform strands of grass. C. Weed Eradication: ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -7 1. Between second and third mowing, apply herbicide uniformly at manufacturer's recommended rate. D. Fertilizer: 1. Apply fertilizer uniformly at 1 lb of nitrogen per 1000 square feet 30 days and 60 days after seeding. Water it immediately. 3.9 SATISFACTORY LAWNS A. Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 inches by 5 inches. 3.10 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance of lawns immediately after each area is seeded and continue until acceptable lawn is established, but not less than 60 days after date of Substantial Completion. 1. If full maintenance period has not elapsed before the end of planting season, or if lawn is not fully established, continue maintenance during the next planting season. 2. Maintenance includes watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other operations to provide a uniform, weed free, smooth lawn. B. Begin warranty period after date of Substantial Completion and continue for a period of (one full year). 1. Warranty specified in this section does not deprive the Owner of other rights; he may have in these specifications. 2. The Warranty period for new lawn areas shall be for (one full year) after date of Substantial Completion against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth except for defects resulting from Owner abuse or neglect or incidents beyond Contractor's control. 3. Replacement seeding under this warranty shall be granted for (one full year) from date of installation and acceptance. 4. The Contractor shall, at no cost to the Owner, repair damage done to walks, buildings, roads, and other plants or lawns during reseeding. 5. Inspection of the lawn to determine its completion for the beginning of the warranty period will be made by the Architect/Engineer upon notice requesting such inspection by the Contractor at least seven (7) days prior to the anticipated inspection date. ST. VINCENT CARMEL HOSPITAL Carmel, Indiana First Floor Corridor Remodel BSA LifeStructures #04610078 ____________________________________________________________________________________ SEEDING 32 92 19 -8 3.11 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Description: 1. Request final inspection in writing for acceptance at least ten (10) days before end of warranty period. 2. At the end of the warranty period on the completed lawn, and on written notice from the Contractor, the Architect/Engineer will, within 15 days of such written notice, make an inspection of the lawn to determine if a satisfactory stand of grass has been produced. If a satisfactory lawn has not been established, another inspection will be made after written notice from the Contractor that the lawn is ready for inspection following the next growing season. END OF SECTION 32 92 19